2025--2026年最新人教版中考英语完形填空【15空、10空、8空】分类能力提高综合练习【共6份打包含答案】

2025--2026年最新人教版中考英语完形填空【8空】分类基础提高综合练习【 含答案 word版】
一、人与自我（本大题共12小题）
In every family, a time comes when parents start listening to their children’s advice. For us, it happened during a trip to Santa Barbara, while we were staying with Daniel, our eldest son near the beautiful beaches.
“Dad, don’t leave the water running when you brush your teeth,” Daniel 1 on our first night. The same thing happened when I washed my hands. All right, I understood. This is California, where drought is a problem.
More 2 followed. “Don’t wear a neck warmer when walking the dogs in the morning—it will warm up when we get to the park.” He asked why I drank so much cola and told me one pump (泵) of hand sanitizer (洗手液) was enough. He even showed me how to fold the rug (毯子) over the chair after using it.
At first, I wondered how I’d 3 such a kid. Then I remembered how often I threw the golden rule of parenting at Daniel when he was young. “Someday, you’ll have a home of your own and can live however you want. Before that, you’ll have to do as we ask.” A rude rule, but now it was payback time.
Although it felt strange to follow my son’s rules, I quickly saw that there were 4 of doing so. He cleaned dishes after dinner because he thought he could do a better job than my wife and me. And he willingly drove everywhere, saving me from the stressful city traffic, even though it made me carsick.
Our role 5 gave me hope for his future parenting ability. We walked along Butterfly Beach on our last afternoon and reached a big rock area. I thought we couldn’t go any further, but Daniel wouldn’t give up. He helped me step from one big rock to the next, 6 telling me where to place my arthritic (关节炎) feet and hands as ocean waves came close. I was afraid, but after a couple hundred metres we 7 it to a fresh sandy area.
“You did it! I’m really proud.” Daniel said to me, smiling. That’s when I knew for sure that Daniel would be a 8 parent someday.
1．A．agreed B．warned C．wished D．refused
2．A．doubts B．tasks C．hobbies D．rules
3．A．raised B．noticed C．saved D．praised
4．A．results B．challenges C．benefits D．risks
5．A．change B．difference C．growth D．connection
6．A．carelessly B．suddenly C．patiently D．secretly
7．A．brought B．made C．took D．caught
8．A．strict B．strange C．brave D．great
From the time when my poem was published in the junior-high-school yearbook, I wanted to write. I loved essay questions on exams and term papers—anything that allowed me to write.
When I started tenth grade, I 9 the newspaper team. Our advisor, Daniel Gordon, was not only a highly respected teacher but also a deeply trusted friend. Most importantly, he had both the ability and the wish to develop 10 in students who did not believe in themselves—including me.
Mr. Gordon made me editorial editor (社论编辑), which was a (n) 11 decision in the view of the whole team. Tenth-graders were simply not given that level of responsibility. My teammates were all twelfth-graders, including the student-body president, straight-A students, and the two co-editors-in-chief (联合主编). However, Mr. Gordon never 12 about my standing as a tenth-grader or compared me to the other students in the team. Instead, he focused on my talent and courage that I had not yet discovered.
When the continual criticism (批评) from my teammates finally became unbearable, I wanted to give up my editor position, but Mr. Gordon 13 my request (请求). He said, “All you are is younger. You are NOT less talented. You are NOT less able. So, you don’t have to give up. You’re going to show them what you’ve got instead.”
I had no choice but to show them. Yet, “showing them” did not 14 change my life. I still had lively arguments with the co-editors-in-chief, and the criticism continued. However, Mr. Gordon’s words pushed me to stand up for myself, find my voice, and make myself heard.
Years later, I began a writing career (事业). Since then, I have experienced countless challenges and moments of 15 , especially upon receiving comments like “Who’s going to listen to you when no one knows who you are ” and “You’ll never make it in this business.”
With each 16 comment, Mr. Gordon’s words rang inside my head once again: “You don’t have to give up. You’re going to show them what you’ve got instead.” So I did. Today, I am a published writer with several bestselling books and a career that changed my life.
9．A．joined B．formed C．trained D．helped
10．A．interest B．patience C．creativity D．confidence
11．A．wise B．difficult C．questionable D．important
12．A．forgot B．cared C．knew D．warned
13．A．refused B．mistook C．supported D．doubted
14．A．actually B．immediately C．properly D．continually
15．A．shyness B．boredom C．loneliness D．discouragement
16．A．reasonable B．negative C．useless D．respectful
My neighbor (邻居) Mr. Brown lives alone (独自). His son and daughter live in another city, so they can’t 17 him very often. Mr. Brown is old and he can’t walk very long. He is also 18 . Luckily, he has a dog and it brings him some joy. But it needs taking a walk every day. Mum asks me if I can help Mr. Brown to walk his dog. I say yes 19 .
Every morning before school, I go to Mr. Brown’s house and take his 20 outside (外面) to have a walk. After twenty minutes, I take it to Mr. Brown’s house. Then I go to school. After school, I have a lot of time. I can take the dog to the yard and play with it. I throw (扔) a ball out. The dog runs to catch it and brings it back. Then I throw the ball out again. The dog likes the game very much and I like it, too. Both of us are happy. This simple activity brings so much 21 to both of us.
To show his thanks for my 22 , Mr. Brown often gives me some delicious sweets. I really hope for these little rewards (奖励) and feel good about being able to make a difference in Mr. Brown’s life. This small act 23 Mr. Brown and also fills my days with 24 .
17．A．see B．call C．leave D．need
18．A．scared B．lonely C．excited D．relaxed
19．A．slowly B．seriously C．quietly D．happily
20．A．son B．dog C．neighbor D．daughter
21．A．joy B．trouble C．care D．influence
22．A．games B．ideas C．advice D．help
23．A．shocks B．bores C．surprises D．warms
24．A．madness B．nervousness C．happiness D．hopefulness
My grandparents live in the countryside. We need to drive for two hours to visit them. They have a small 25 . Some cows, horses, chickens and two working dogs are on it. They want to buy some sheep and pigs, too. Every morning, Grandpa goes to give the animals some food. They eat different foods and Grandpa has to be 26 . He can’t give them the wrong food.
After Grandma 27 , she loves giving the two horses a nice shower (沐浴). The two horses, one brown and one black, are Grandma’s favorites. She cleans them and rides them every day. When Grandma rides the horse, the two working dogs walk around the horse and watch them. But they are 28 in the horse’s way (挡住马的路).
I visit my grandparents every month. I can do the same things as my grandparents there and I always have an 29 time.
25．A．garden B．house C．farm
26．A．friendly B．careful C．lovely
27．A．gets up B．stands up C．looks up
28．A．often B．sometimes C．never
29．A．great B．interesting C．happy
I’m Peter and I’m eight years old. My best friend is Hannah. She’s one year 30 than me, but she’s shorter than me. Why Because she doesn’t eat 31 .
We are in the same class in school. We sit next to each other and we have lunch together. Sometimes we eat food from each other’s lunchbox. I help her 32 her tomatoes, apples, oranges and she helps me with my carrots. She’s quite a fussy (爱挑剔的) eater.
After school, we always play together at my home. 33 are three guitars, a piano and two flutes (笛子) in my home. Hannah loves playing the piano and my favorite is dancing. Every time she plays the piano. I dance to her music. We can always have 34 fun.
30．A．old B．older C．oldest
31．A．badly B．good C．well
32．A．finishes B．finish C．finishing
33．A．There B．They C．Those
34．A．one B．many C．lots of
Hello, everyone! Now I’d like to share my time in junior high school.
35 classes do I have every day I have seven! Geography is a new subject. The teacher usually teaches us by 36 games. I enjoy every class.
I have morning break at 10:00 a.m. I often play games with my friends. It is very 37 . But I have to go back to the class soon because the break 38 at 10:10 a.m.! How short it is!
39 noon, we go to the canteen for lunch. The food there is delicious and I usually like tasting some 40 !
After school, I go to the Ping-pong Club with my friends. We 41 the school game next month.
I have 42 great time at school and cherish every moment of it.
35．A．What B．Which C．How many D．How much
36．A．play B．playing C．plays D．played
37．A．exciting B．excited C．excitedly D．excitement
38．A．end B．ends C．ended D．will end
39．A．In B．On C．At D．By
40．A．soup B．noodle C．dumpling D．sandwich
41．A．join in B．are joining in C．joined in D．are going to join in
42．A．a B．an C．the D．/
Spending Time in Parks Makes You Happier and Less Stressed
Do you like to spend your lunch break or walk your dog in a park Good news! Just 20 minutes in a park each day can make you feel 43 and less worried, even if you don’t do any exercise.
Two 44 show that parks are good for us. One study from the University of Michigan found that spending at least 20 minutes walking or sitting where you can see trees or grass helps reduce stress (减轻压力). The lead researcher, Mary Carol Hunter, said, “To feel less stressed, 45 spending 20 to 30 minutes in a place with nature. Even just sitting by a tree can help.”
Another study from the University of Alabama showed that people feel better after visiting city parks. Hon Yuen, who led this study, said, “ 46 felt happier after their visit. It’s not about how much you move but the time you spend in the park that matters.”
Many studies show that being around nature can make you feel better and less stressed. A study from King’s College London found that outdoor activities like 47 trees, hearing birds, or feeling the sky can change your mood. These good feelings can 48 for hours.
A study from Denmark found that children who live near green spaces have fewer mental health (心理健康) problems 49 they grow up.
As more people live in cities, it’s 50 to have parks. Green spaces help everyone feel happier and healthier.
43．A．better B．worse C．sadder
44．A．surveys B．studies C．speeches
45．A．stop B．mind C．try
46．A．Visitors B．Reporters C．Teachers
47．A．looking after B．looking at C．looking for
48．A．wait B．work C．last
49．A．because B．when C．until
50．A．important B．difficult C．boring
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项。
It’s usually a busy Monday morning. I often get up late and eat my breakfast. Then I 51 my school things quickly, put them into my schoolbag and run out to catch the school bus. I’m always in such a hurry that I don’t think much about what I’m doing.
When I arrive at school and it’s time for 52 class, I want to get my calculator (计算器) from my bag. But, oh no! It isn’t there. I 53 to stay cool, but my heart starts beating (跳动) fast. I remember (记得) leaving it on my desk at home when I’m rushing (冲). I’m 54 about how to do the hard maths problems without (没有) it.
At that moment, my deskmate, Lily, sees I’m upset. She turns to me and says, “Don’t worry. We can 55 my calculator together.” Then she gives her calculator to me. Her kind 56 makes me feel much better. In class, we take turns using her calculator and I manage to finish all the work.
After school, I’m really thankful to Lily. But I also feel bad for being so careless. This teaches me that I must always 57 my school things before leaving home. Now, every morning, I look over (检查) my schoolbag 58 to make sure I have everything. That way, I can have a good day at school!
51．A．break B．prepare C．clean D．study
52．A．maths B．English C．history D．Chinese
53．A．help B．like C．move D．try
54．A．crazy B．excited C．worried D．angry
55．A．use B．tidy C．find D．read
56．A．act B．voice C．smile D．face
57．A．show B．record C．check D．buy
58．A．slowly B．quietly C．easily D．carefully
The Lucky T-shirt
“Mom! Where’s my red T-shirt I will have a painting game next week, and I need it! It will bring me good 59 ,” Tom says loudly.
“Dear, you don’t need that T-shirt. You are 60 . You paint well. Just try hard. That is important,” Mom says.
“But when I wear it, I paint better,” Tom says angrily.
“Do you 61 enough for this game ” Mom asks.
“Yes, I do,” Tom answers.
“Then you’ll be fine. Just 62 how much effort you put into painting,” Mom says.
It is time for the painting game. Tom feels a bit worried, but he remembers his mom’s words.
Tom takes a deep breath (呼吸) and starts 63 . He focuses hard, using all the 64 he learns. When he finishes, he feels satisfied (满意的).
A few days later, Tom knows he wins the first place. “I’m so surprised that I win! And I don’t wear my red T-shirt!” Tom says 65 . He can’t wait to tell his mom. Mom smiles and says, “What matters is not the T-shirt, but your hard work and talent. They are the 66 to success (成功).”
59．A．luck B．health C．looks D．dreams
60．A．polite B．sweet C．curious D．talented
61．A．know B．relax C．practice D．experiment
62．A．guess B．forget C．consider D．describe
63．A．waiting B．painting C．training D．writing
64．A．words B．skills C．habits D．stories
65．A．clearly B．slowly C．kindly D．excitedly
66．A．key B．view C．wish D．love
根据图片提示，结合文中情境，选择合适的选项。
It’s 67 today. Jack has a singing class and a(n) 68 class in the morning. Is he sad No. Music and English are his favourite 69 . Jack is interested in these two subjects. So he is very happy to take the classes on Tuesday. Mr Smith is 70 music teacher. And his English teacher is Cindy. They are his favourite teachers. They are kind and always help Jack 71 his studies.
67．A．Tuesday B．Wednesday
68．A．geography B．English
69．A．animals B．subjects
70．A．Jack’s B．Jack
71．A．with B．of
Rosie’s bedtime story
Rosie loved bedtime.
Her dad always 72 her stories. Sometimes, he told fairy tales. Sometimes, he told animal stories. And sometimes, he told sports stories.
Rosie couldn’t 73 to hear dad’s next story.
But that night, mom covered Rosie into bed instead. “Dad is sick,” Mom told Rosie. “But I can tell you a story if you want me to.” So 74 told Rosie a story.
But to Rosie, it wasn’t the same. She felt 75 . She didn’t want dad to be sick, and she missed story time with dad.
She thought maybe dad 76 story time, too. This gave her an idea.
Rosie jumped out of bed. She went to dad’s room. She knocked on his door.
“Come in,” dad said.
When Rosie opened the door, dad 77 weakly. “I’m sorry. I’m going to miss story time tonight.”
Rosie sat on dad’s bed. “No, you won’t. I’m going to tell you a/an 78 .”
So Rosie told dad a story about a castle, a dragon, and a princess.
Dad loved the story and he fell asleep with a smile on his face.
“Get well 79 , dad,” Rosie whispered.
72．A．told B．wrote C．emailed D．recorded
73．A．stop B．want C．hope D．wait
74．A．mom B．dad C．grandma D．grandpa
75．A．nervous B．happy C．sad D．angry
76．A．hated B．liked C．missed D．prepared
77．A．cried B．smiled C．walked D．jumped
78．A．idea B．story C．joke D．event
79．A．slowly B．noisily C．luckily D．quickly
One morning very early, Gina 80 in bed when suddenly a loud crash (巨响) of thunder woke her up. Then, it rained heavily. She 81 on her coat and went downstairs. There, her father sat at the kitchen table with a cup of coffee.
“Did the storm wake you up too ” Her father asked.
“Yes,” Gina said, sitting down beside him.
“I don’t really mind,” her father said. “It gives me more time before I have to 82 to work. I have something important to do this morning.”
“What is it ” Gina asked.
“Spend this time with you.” her father answered.
80．A．sleeps B．slept C．was sleeping D．will sleep
81．A．put B．puts C．will put D．was putting
82．A．go B．goes C．went D．going
二、人与社会（本大题共17小题）
请认真阅读下列材料，从材料后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Saving money for a rainy day in Germany
Germans are known for their beers and soccer. But do you know they also like to save money
Saving has 83 long history in Germany. The world’s first savings bank opened in 1778 in Hamburg, a city in northern Germany. By 1836, there were more than 300 of these savings banks in the country. Germans think that saving money 84 them the top savers in the world. German families have saved more than 8 per cent of 85 money over the last 20 years, according to OECD data.
What is the reason Germans save money According to the Financial Times, being smart 86 money is part of the image that Germans have of themselves. They strongly believe that saving money is like being honest or kind. What’s more, Germans think that saving money is important for their country. If every German 87 dropping coins into money boxes, Germany will become richer and stronger.
备注：OECD stands for Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development 经济合作与发展组织
83．A．an B．/ C．a D．the
84．A．make B．making C．is making D．makes
85．A．they B．their C．them D．theirs
86．A．of B．in C．on D．with
87．A．wants B．lets C．keeps D．hopes
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Last Saturday, our class joined a special activity. It was held by the local animal home. As
88 , we were all excited to help the homeless animals, though some of us felt a little nervous 89 .
We arrived there at 8 a.m. The workers divided us into three groups. My group’s first task was to clean the dogs’ cages. We worked 90 , making sure each cage was clean. At the same time, the second group 91 fresh food and water bowls, while the third group started brushing the animals’ fur.
During the lunch break, I noticed a small dog 92 alone in the corner. It looked scared and hungry. I slowly walked to it and offered some food. To my joy, the dog soon became 93 and even licked my hand!
In the afternoon, we helped with a charity activity to find homes for these animals. Many visitors came and showed interest in adoption (收养). Seeing the happy faces of both the animals and owners, we felt our work was truly 94 .
As we were leaving, the manager thanked us warmly: “Your help today has made a 95 to these animals’ lives.” All of us were very happy because it was the most rewarding weekend we’ve ever had, and promised to continue volunteering in the future.
88．A．volunteers B．teachers C．visitors
89．A．at least B．as a result C．at first
90．A．quickly B．carefully C．badly
91．A．prepared B．bought C．cooked
92．A．sleeping B．jumping C．sitting
93．A．friendly B．sleepy C．noisy
94．A．strange B．difficult C．meaningful
95．A．mistake B．difference C．decision
One sunny day, students were excited because of the upcoming sports event. Alex was a seventh-grader in a school. He loved sports and he was on school 96 team. As Alex was liked by everyone, he became the captain (队长) at last.
However, during their team practices. Alex ran after the ball all by himself, leaving his friends behind. He tried to show off with fancy moves and seemed like he wanted everyone to be impressed (留下深刻印象) by his skills. He didn’t really 97 to what his teammates said. He thought he could win by himself. The other football players on his team were ready to receive a pass, but Alex decided to go for it alone. He believed that his own 98 were enough to make them win. This made his friends feel like their opinions (意见) didn’t 99 much.
One time, his friend Lily, who was running with him, got a bit tired. She shouted, “Alex, remember, we’re a team! Let’s work together!” She was a little 100 . She was looking forward to her friend Alex’s leadership.
But Alex didn’t really listen to her. He thought he could win all by himself.
The big day of the match came. Alex’s team tried their best. But the other team was doing better. They lost the match. As the team walked back to class, everyone looked 101 . Alex felt really bad inside. He knew he didn’t do well as a leader. He suddenly understood that he didn’t value (重视) his teammates and their opinions. And that was why they failed.
The next day, Alex went to his friends with a serious look. “Hey guys, I messed up. I’m really sorry.” His friends said, “Let’s play as a team from now on.”
On that same day, after school, Alex got his team together for practice. He communicated 102 with his teammates and motivated (激励) them to work together as a team.
The last match came, the other football team scored first. But Alex’s team didn’t give up and they worked together and fought really hard. Then, in the very exciting end, they scored a big goal that changed the game. Alex’s face 103 up with a deep feeling of achievement (成就).
96．A．basketball B．football C．volleyball D．baseball
97．A．listen B．return C．lead D．point
98．A．answers B．words C．skills D．explanations
99．A．teach B．plan C．match D．matter
100．A．moved B．excited C．comfortable D．angry
101．A．sad B．happy C．busy D．relaxed
102．A．slowly B．secretly C．nervously D．openly
103．A．stayed B．grew C．lighted D．turned
根据图片提示，结合文中情境，选择合适的选项。
TV Shows in My Family
My family like different kinds of TV shows. Today we have a 104 about what to see on the weekend. My father thinks watching the news is interesting. He can know some 105 about the world from it. My mother plans to watch soap operas on the weekend. She likes to follow (跟随) the story and see what happens next. But I can’t stand 106 . I think they are boring. My brother hopes to watch 107 because he thinks they are educational. As for me, I like watching sitcoms because they are funny and I can 108 some jokes from them.
104．A．discussion B．resolution
105．A．menus B．information
106．A．themselves B．them
107．A．action movies B．talk shows
108．A．learn B．prepare
I looked out at the smiling faces packed into the school gym. The applause filled my ears. I had done it. I had really done it! I found a new person inside me, a much more daring, outgoing person who had been hidden all along, just waiting for the 109 to emerge（出现）.
Just a few months earlier, it was impossible to 110 myself acting in a play in front of two hundred people. But without my teacher, Mrs. Sather, I couldn't get that opportunity.
In the first and second grade, I was extremely shy. But Mrs. Sather always 111 me.
One day, she announced, "Our class was going to 112 a play. Anybody, want to try "
A few excited hands shot up-mine, of course, was not one of them.
After school she stopped me and invited me for a talk. Puzzled, I followed her to her desk. She said, "I think you are 113 for the lead character. But I was surprised you didn't raise your hand."
Me, the lead Was she crazy
Mrs. Sather gazed into my eyes as if seeing my inner 114 locked away inside. "But I'd like you to give this a try for me, " she continued. "If you reach for the stars, you might at least grab a piece of the moon."
I realized it was time to throw off 115 and show the world who I really was. I looked Mrs. Sather right in her sparkling（闪亮的）blue eyes and said, "OK. I'll try."
In the following months, in spite of fears, I did everything I could to 8 I could do it in practice.
At the end of the play, when the audience applauded, I knew they were not just cheering for my performance that night, but for the performances they knew would come in later years because of my newfound confidence.
109．A. hero B. reason C. director D. opportunity
110．A. watch B. mind C. imagine D. remember
111．A. praised B. reminded C. comforted D. encouraged
112．A. perform B. write C. follow D. review
113．A. famous B. perfect C. responsible D. thankful
114．A. ability B. self C. beauty D. peace
115．A. pride B. patience C. shyness D. guard
116．A. prove B. discover C. expect D. test
Have you ever been to the Great Wall in China？It is one of the greatest 116 of the world and is known to people all over the world.
People built the Great Wall long ago.Everybody in China will tell you that it was built in the Qin Dynasty （秦朝）.In fact，it 117 a longer period of time to finish building in China's history.We can never tell how many years it took.We don't know how many stones were 118 to build the wall.We don't know how many people died in building the Great Wall.We can 119 say that it was built with the blood and sweat of the Chinese working people. The Great Wall has stood there for years and years.It is the symbol of the Chinese nation.If you have a 120 to go to China some day，make sure to go there and have a look at the great wonder.
116．A． wonders B． centres C． palaces D． cities
117．A． paid B． cost C． spent D． took
118．A． cut B． used C． painted D． discovered
119．A． once B． only C． then D． ever
120．A． space B． time C． chance D． success
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项。
Dear Beth, How’s it going I went to the City Park with my family last Saturday. It was very tiring but 121 . I took a lot of photos. Look at this picture! The park is very beautiful. Colourful flowers, green trees are everywhere. There are many 122 in the park. Some teenagers are jogging. Some old women are dancing. An old man is walking his dog. 123 a big tree, some boys and girls are reading books. A father and a mother are 124 their baby. On the lake, people are boating. We’re sitting in a small boat too. The water is so clean that we can see fish below. Ducks are swimming near our boat. Beth, do you know what happened next We 125 saw some children throwing stones (扔石头) at the ducks. The ducks flew away fast. My dad quickly rowed (划) our boats to them and 126 at once, “Stop! That hurts them! Ducks are our friends!” The children stopped but still held the stones. Dad explained why birds and ducks were important for our park. 127 , the boys promised they wouldn’t do it again. They said in a low voice, “We’re very sorry. We’ll keep the animals safe and take care of 128 .” We love City Park a lot. We plan to come back next weekend. What about your weekend I’m looking forward to hearing from you. Yours, Kate
121．A．bad B．boring C．meaningful
122．A．people B．animals C．boats
123．A．In B．On C．Under
124．A．thinking about B．playing with C．laughing at
125．A．suddenly B．hopefully C．quietly
126．A．asked B．smiled C．shouted
127．A．For example B．At first C．In the end
128．A．nature B．parents C．hands
Tony became ill and had to spend all day in bed. Because other children could not come near him, he felt 129 and lonely. There wasn’t much to do so he just looked out the window. One day, he saw something 130 outside the window. It was a penguin eating a sandwich. The penguin said “good afternoon” to Tony and then left. Tony couldn’t 131 what was happening. He tried to find out what was going on. Suddenly he saw a monkey playing with a balloon outside his window. As he saw more and more 132 , Tony started to laugh and found it hard to 133 .
Before long, his 134 improved and he went back to school. He told his friends about all the strange things outside his window. While he was 135 , he saw something in his friend’s schoolbag. Tony asked what it was and his friend showed him. Inside the bag were many clothes that looked like animals. His friend 136 them to cheer Tony up while he was ill! From that day on, Tony always tried his best to make sure his friends never felt lonely.
129．A．scared B．bored C．angry D．comfortable
130．A．surprising B．relaxing C．delicious D．terrible
131．A．believe B．remember C．see D．hear
132．A．clothes B．toys C．doctors D．animals
133．A．play B．think C．stop D．sleep
134．A．grades B．health C．looks D．feeling
135．A．laughing B．studying C．crying D．talking
136．A．became B．fed C．wore D．taught
Recently, a video has become popular online.In the video, a man at Beijing’s Summer Palace (颐和园) 　1　 information about the park’s buildings with visitors.Is the man a tour guide What’s so special about him Well, in fact, he is a 　2　 at the Summer Palace.
“One day I saw a few visitors.They were reading 　3　, but they still couldn’t find the right way, so I offered them some help,” says Zhang Xu, the cleaner.“In addition to (除……以外) our daily cleaning work, we also provide more 　4　 like answering questions and giving directions.”
For Zhang Xu, the Summer Palace is a special place.As a child, he came here to play.When he 　5　 up, he began to work here and became a part of it.Zhang started working at the Summer Palace in late 2021.“Every morning when I 　6　 here and begin my work, I feel like I am one of the stones in the garden,” he says.
Zhang is interested in the Summer Palace.And he wants to 　7　 everything about it.In his free time, Zhang likes reading books about it and looking for the information online.That 　8　 him an expert (专家) at the Summer Palace.He often shares information about the buildings with visitors.“I’m very glad to help more people enjoy the beauty (美丽) of the place,” he says.
137．A．loses B．shares C．shuts D．invents
138．A．doctor B．waiter C．cleaner D．driver
139．A．novels B．textbooks C．newspaper D．guidebooks
140．A．services B．food C．money D．chances
141．A．woke B．looked C．grew D．got
142．A．arrive B．leave C．sleep D．remember
143．A．clean B．know C．hurt D．improve
144．A．sends B．gives C．lends D．makes
In the small town of Seattle, there lived a quiet girl named Lily. She was a bookworm and hardly talked with others. As summer came closer, her parents, wanting her to make friends and gain (获得) confidence, enrolled (报名) her in a summer 145 without telling her.
Lily was 146 on the first day of the camp. She felt out of place among the excited chatters (喋喋不休) of other kids. However, she soon met Tom, a boy with a 147 smile and a catching enthusiasm (热情). Tom came to Lily with open arms, showing her around the camp and introducing her to new activities.
One day, during a team activity, Lily and Tom were 148 together. They had to climb a tall wall and Lily, who was afraid of heights, hesitated (犹豫). Tom encouraged (鼓励) her patiently, saying, “You can do it, Lily. I believe you.” With Tom’s help, Lily found the courage to climb. At the top, she felt a rush of pride and 17 .
Over the weeks, Lily’s friendship with Tom 149 . They swam in the lake, sang songs around the campfire, and shared stories under the stars. Lily found that she was not only able to make friends but also to be a good friend.
The summer camp was a turning point for Lily. She returned home with a newfound 150 and a best friend. She learned that stepping out of her comfort zone (地区) could lead to amazing experiences. Lily’s life has 151 forever by the summer camp. She felt sure that she would always remember the important things she learned and the great friend she made there.
145．A．camp B．club C．programme D．course
146．A．relaxed B．pleased C．worried D．excited
147．A．tired B．bright C．shy D．painful
148．A．graded B．paired C．compared D．protected
149．A．calm B．pity C．anger D．happiness
150．A．reduced B．broke C．grew D．began
151．A．confidence B．book C．present D．interest
152．A．started B．ended C．lasted D．changed
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项。
When my friend suggested that we join the new Tai Chi (太极拳) Club, I thought he was joking. I always believed Tai Chi was for old people. However, after the first class, I realized that I was wrong. It was amazing. Tai Chi led to a big 152 both in my body and mind.
I still remember my first few Tai Chi classes. The basic skill I learned was keeping a balance (平衡). An action was called “golden rooster (公鸡) standing on one leg”. Following the instructions, I tried to stand on one leg. It seemed that it was not a hard one, but I still 153 many times. Soon, I felt bored and tired from practicing over and over again. I started to doubt myself. Maybe I was really 154 in this kind of exercise. Just then, my coach taught me how to relax myself. Step by step, I made 155 . Later, I was able to do more difficult actions and feel peace of mind as well. My love for Tai Chi became strong. I even wanted to look into the ancient Chinese culture behind Tai Chi.
I discovered Tai Chi is deeply from Chinese Yin and Yang. The practice of it helps to keep a balance through 156 : left and right, up and down, breathing in and breathing out…Finally, Tai Chi brings about a state of body balance and 157 peace.
Now I can honestly say it helps me become much 158 . I sleep better at night, and I am more active during the day. More importantly, practicing Tai Chi has made me better 159 the Chinese culture. I am sure I will continue to practice Tai Chi and enjoy the advantages it has brought me.
152．A．decision B．problem C．change D．challenge
153．A．feared B．wished C．failed D．fell
154．A．right B．weak C．suitable D．talented
155．A．efforts B．mistakes C．noise D．progress
156．A．actions B．moments C．abilities D．opposites
157．A．body B．mind C．health D．thought
158．A．happier B．wiser C．prouder D．healthier
159．A．understand B．enjoy C．question D．encourage
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Sometimes it’s hard to be good with family. You may fight over little things, feel no one gets you, 160 not want to talk to them. These problems can make everyone sad.
One big problem is that people don’t say how they feel. Kids may think parents are too 161 , and parents don’t always listen well. Another problem is using phones too much instead of 162 to each other. This makes family relationships cold.
Here are some easy ways to make it 163 . First, talk more. Share your days or feelings with family. Short talks also help. Just ask “How was your day ” before dinner. Second, just listen when others speak. Don’t 164 in. Show you care. Third, do things together. Play games, cook or watch TV as a 165 . Last, respect each other’s thoughts. Even if you don’t 166 , stay calm and try to understand.
Family relationship is like a tree. Kind words and talks are the roots (根) that help it 167 . With patience and care, your family will be more loving.
160．A．because B．but C．and
161．A．kind B．strict C．friendly
162．A．talking B．studying C．reporting
163．A．worse B．brighter C．better
164．A．put B．cut C．turn
165．A．class B．grade C．family
166．A．agree B．succeed C．protect
167．A．walk B．grow C．train
When I was just a few months old, my parents realized that I might have a hearing problem because I couldn’t even hear loud noises. They 168 all sorts of methods (方法). Sadly, I couldn’t hear a thing.
The doctor advised my parents to put me in a (an) 169 school so I could learn to communicate. But they found it a little hard to take. They wanted me to be able to lead a normal life. So first my parents sent me to private speech 170 where I learned to read lips (唇) and pronounce words.
Next my parents decided to send me to a normal primary school. In order for that to 171 , they managed to make the headmaster accept me. At school, I sat at the 172 of class and paid attention to the teacher, which wasn’t always easy, especially when she had her back to the class in order to write on the board. But I tried on and did a lot of work after school.
My parents’ effort paid off and I left primary school with good enough 173 to get into a number of Singapore’s top middle schools. Also my parents went to several schools to explain my needs. 174 , a school in my neighborhood accepted me.
I worked very hard and did well enough to go to one of the top junior colleges. Since then I have achieved (取得) many things inside and outside school. None of these would have been 175 without one of the most important lessons from my parents. If you believe in yourself and work hard, you can win great results.
168．A．found B．tried C．had D．used
169．A．expensive B．modern C．unusual D．special
170．A．hospitals B．homes C．neighborhood D．classes
171．A．appear B．come C．happen D．arrive
172．A．back B．center C．front D．side
173．A．grades B．encouragement C．happiness D．reports
174．A．Finally B．Sadly C．Hardly D．Quickly
175．A．necessary B．important C．possible D．easy
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项。
The new school year begins. My classmate Sue and I are having our first painting lesson. The teacher asks us to 176 some yellow sunflowers. I sit in the classroom, hoping to paint a 177 picture.
It is my first time to paint, but I think it is an easy thing to learn how to paint from the 178 in the art lesson. I even start thinking about where to put up my GREAT work in my room.
But I have some 179 . The sunflowers that I paint just look like big and green caterpillars (毛毛虫). It is because I don’t 180 my paintbrush (画笔) well. My yellow sunflowers are green! I feel so bad about them!
Sue looks at my painting and says my sunflowers are very beautiful. When I say that she manages to do the job on her own but I don’t, she looks amazed. “No, I don’t. I mess up in about five places.” After two minutes, she asks, “I 181 your painting. Can I have it ”
I know it isn’t a beautiful painting at all, but it is mine — the first one I paint. I don’t want to give it to others. So I say “ 182 ” to her.
Now I am good at painting. But my first sunflower painting is still put up there in the best place in my bedroom, because for me it is 183 . Every time I look at it, I smile (微笑). I really love it.
176．A．water B．paint C．plant D．clean
177．A．great B．green C．small D．big
178．A．teacher B．classmate C．parent D．friend
179．A．things B．activities C．members D．problems
180．A．make B．watch C．wash D．study
181．A．carry B．like C．check D．describe
182．A．sorry B．thanks C．hello D．goodbye
183．A．easy B．ready C．special D．funny
请阅读下面短文，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Tom had a bad toothache. His mother wanted to take him to the dentist’s (牙科诊所), but he 184 . He was afraid of the pain when the dentist had to extract (拔出) his tooth. Tom’s mother told him that if he did not visit the dentist, the pain would get 185 . At last, Tom had to agree.
There were not many people at the dentist’s. Soon, it was Tom’s turn. He walked nervously into the room and sat down. The dentist looked 186 and said hello to him with a smile. He asked Tom to 187 his mouth. And then he told Tom that he had to extract the bad tooth. The dentist gave Tom an injection (注射) and 188 him that he would not feel any pain.
Tom really did not feel any pain. Then the dentist advised Tom to brush his teeth twice a day and taught him the 189 way of brushing his teeth. He also told Tom not to eat too many sweet things 190 his teeth would be healthy.
After that, Tom 191 how important it was to protect his teeth.
184．A．relaxed B．refused C．nodded
185．A．nicer B．smaller C．worse
186．A．dangerous B．friendly C．careless
187．A．fill B．shut C．open
188．A．allowed B．asked C．promised
189．A．right B．brave C．weak
190．A．but B．so that C．whether
191．A．regretted B．hoped C．realized
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项。
There was snow everywhere. Everything was white, and that’s why I got lost. I was up there only one night, but it was the longest night of my life. The most important thing was staying 192 . I didn’t have enough clothes with me. My hands and feet were red with cold, and I couldn’t stop shaking. The snow kept falling, and I felt more and more hopeless.
Just when I thought I couldn’t 193 it anymore, a weak light appeared far away. At first, I thought I was daydreaming, but then I heard voices. I tried to call out, but my voice was not loud. I waved my arms, hoping someone would see me.
To my comfort, the light grew closer. Two people came out of the snowstorm, carrying 194 . “Are you okay Do you need some help ” one of them asked. His voice was full of 195 .
“I’m lost,” I tried to get my words out, and my voice was shaking. They quickly put a warm blanket around me and told me they were members of a volunteer team. They were 196 anyone who might be lost in the storm.
However, as we were heading back, one of the volunteers fell down and broke his right leg. He could hardly move. Worry started to come, but the other volunteer kept 197 . “We need to find a safe place to stay overnight,” he said. We tried to help the injured (受伤的) volunteer to a small cave nearby.
When daybreak arrived, the uninjured volunteer set out to find help, while I stayed behind to take care of the injured one.
After a few hours, the volunteer 198 with a larger team. They helped us back to safety, and we were taken to a warm place. We got medical treatment there. Thanks to their help, that longest night has also become the most 199 night in my life.
192．A．clean B．warm C．active D．quiet
193．A．believe B．hear C．stand D．miss
194．A．maps B．ropes C．umbrellas D．flashlights
195．A．joy B．care C．surprise D．sadness
196．A．searching for B．running after C．looking at D．fighting with
197．A．cool B．alone C．excited D．polite
198．A．prepared B．disappeared C．decided D．returned
199．A．stupid B．hopeless C．memorable D．relaxing
Running is one of 200 ways of exercise. Before you start running, you should warm up first. Always wear comfortable clothing and shoes. 201 some shoes may look nice, they can’t give good support to your whole feet or protect them well. Try to start exercising slowly. You can keep up for about 15-20 minutes. Keep running! You will get the best results 202 running.
200．A．popular B．more popular C．most popular D．the most popular
201．A．When B．Because C．If D．Although
202．A．to B．from C．before D．at
三、人与自然（本大题共1小题）
Joris Hutchison is an 11-year-old boy who loves cheetahs (猎豹). When he learned that cheetahs might disappear (消失) in his lifetime, he was very 203 . So he decided to help.
Joris began to 204 money. He sold T-shirts and flowers. Also, he held back-yard sales. In the end, he collected more than $14,000. He gave it to a wild animal park in Namibia, Africa, where the injured (受伤的) cheetahs were taken care of. Joris also 205 in the park. He spent three summers there caring for animals and offering service for free. As the group’s 206 member, Joris only did something simple, such as preparing food for the animals and cleaning the park.
“These big cats are our friends and they are endangered.” Joris said. “I want to tell people that everyone can make a 207 . You just have to start somewhere!”
203．A．angry B．tired C．upset
204．A．save B．raise C．borrow
205．A．volunteered B．grew C．hid
206．A．cutest B．youngest C．tallest
207．A．difference B．wish C．mess
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】家人和亲人、记叙文
【答案】1．B 2．D 3．A 4．C 5．A 6．C 7．B 8．D
【分析】本文讲述了作者在加利福尼亚与成年儿子相处的经历。
【解析】1．句意：“爸爸，刷牙时不要让水一直流着，”丹尼尔在我们第一晚时提醒道。
agreed同意；warned警告，提醒；wished希望；refused拒绝。根据“Dad, don’t leave the water running when you brush your teeth”可知，这是丹尼尔对作者的提醒。故选B。
2．句意：更多的规则被遵循。
doubts怀疑；tasks任务；hobbies爱好；rules规则。根据“Don’t wear a neck warmer when walking the dogs in the morning”可知，是指更多的规则被遵循。故选D。
3．句意：起初，我想知道我是如何养出这样一个孩子的。
raised抚养；noticed注意；saved保存；praised称赞。根据前文儿子对作者提出一系列的规则可知，作者一开始不理解儿子，好奇自己是如何养出这样一个孩子的。故选A。
4．句意：虽然遵循我儿子的规则感觉很奇怪，但我很快发现这样做是有好处的。
results结果；challenges挑战；benefits好处；risks风险。根据“He cleaned dishes after dinner because he thought he could do a better job than my wife and me. And he willingly drove everywhere, saving me from the stressful city traffic, even though it made me carsick.”可知，作者发现了这些规则带来的好处。故选C。
5．句意：我们的角色变化让我对他未来的育儿能力充满希望。
change变化；difference差异；growth成长；connection连接。根据“Our role”可知，是指作者与儿子的角色转变。故选A。
6．句意：他帮助我从一块大岩石走到另一块大岩石，耐心地告诉我，当海浪靠近时，我的关节炎脚和手应该放在哪里。
carelessly粗心地；suddenly突然；patiently耐心地；secretly秘密地。根据“telling me where to place my arthritic (关节炎) feet and hands as ocean waves came close.”可知，应是耐心地告诉我当海浪靠近时，我的关节炎脚和手应该放在哪里。故选C。
7．句意：我很害怕，但在几百米后，我们成功到达了一片新鲜的沙地。
brought带来；made使；took拿走；caught抓住。根据“it to a fresh sandy area.”可知，是指成功到达了新鲜的沙地，make it“成功做到”。故选B。
8．句意：就在那时，我确信丹尼尔有一天会成为一位好父亲。
strict严格的；strange奇怪的；brave勇敢的；great极好的。根据前文儿子的表现可知，作者确信儿子将来会成为一位好父亲。故选D。
【知识点】个人经历、学校人员、工作与职业、记叙文
【答案】9．A 10．D 11．C 12．B 13．A 14．B 15．D 16．B
【分析】本文主要讲述了酷爱写作的作者在少年时期加入了报纸团队，期间遇到到了挫折，但在老师的鼓励下他坚持下来并最终成为一名知名作家的励志故事。
【详解】9．句意为：当我开始上十年级时，我组建了报纸团队。
joined参加；formed构成，创立；trained训练；helped帮助。根据“From the time when my poem was published in the junior-high-school yearbook, I wanted to write.”可知，喜欢写作的作者应是加入了报纸团队。故选A。
10．句意为：最重要的是，他有能力也有意愿培养那些不相信自己的学生的信心——包括我。
interest兴趣，关注；patience耐心；creativity创造力；confidence自信。根据“…in students who did not believe in themselves”及“Tenth-graders were simply not given that level of responsibility. My teammates were all twelfth-graders, including the student-body president, straight-A students, and the two co-editors-in-chief”可知，作者认为自己资历尚浅没有自信，此处应指戈登先生培养了像我这样信心不足的学生的信心。故选D。
11．句意为：戈登先生让我担任编辑，在整个团队看来，这是一个有问题的决定。
wise英明的；difficult困难的；questionable可疑的，有问题的；important重要的。根据“Tenth-graders were simply not given that level of responsibility. My teammates were all twelfth-graders, including the student-body president, straight-A students, and the two co-editors-in-chief”及语境可知，作者认为，戈登先生让资历尚浅的作者而不是高年级的同学担任编辑的这个决定是“有问题的”。故选C。
12．句意为：然而，戈登先生从不关心我作为一个十年级学生的地位，也不把我和队里的其他学生作比较。
forgot忘记；cared关心；knew知道；warned警告。根据“However, Mr. Gordon neverabout my standing as a tenth-grader or compared me to the other students in the team.”可知，戈登先生不将作者与队里其他学生做比较，此处应指戈登先生队他这个十年级学生在队里的地位不关心。故选B。
13．句意为：当队友不断的批评终于让我无法忍受时，我想放弃编辑的职位，但戈登先生拒绝了我的要求。
refused拒绝；mistook弄错，误会；supported支持；doubted质疑。根据“I wanted to give up my editor position, but Mr. Gordon…my request”中的转折词but及“Instead, he focused on my talent and courage…”可知，此处应指戈登先生拒绝了作者辞职的请求，相反他专注于作者的才华和勇气。故选A。
14．句意为：然而，“给他们看”并没有立即改变我的生活。
actually事实上；immediately立即；properly正确地，合适地；continually不断地，频繁地。根据“You’re going to show them what you’ve got instead.”及“I still had lively arguments with the co-editors-in-chief, and the criticism continued.”可知，戈登先生提议作者应向他们展示其实力，但没有立竿见影的效果，此处应指作者的生活并没有立即改变。故选B。
15．句意为：从那以后，我经历了无数的挑战和沮丧的时刻，尤其是当我收到这样的评论：“当没有人知道你是谁的时候，谁会听你的？”和“你在这一行永远不会成功的。”
shyness害羞；boredom无聊，厌烦；loneliness孤独，寂寞；discouragement气馁，挫折。根据“I have experienced countless challenges and moments of…”及“Who’s going to listen to you when no one knows who you are…You’ll never make it in this business.”可知，收到一些例如“当没有人知道你是谁的时候，谁会听你的？”和“你在这一行永远不会成功的”的评论应是作者遇到的一些挫折时刻。故选D。
16．句意为：每听到一句负面评论，我的脑海里就会再次响起戈登的话：“你不必放弃。
reasonable有道理的；negative消极的；useless无用的；respectful尊敬的。根据“especially upon receiving comments like ‘Who’s going to listen to you when no one knows who you are ’ and ‘You’ll never make it in this business.’”可知，这些质疑对作者来说是消极的评论。故选B。
【知识点】其他人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】17．A 18．B 19．D 20．B 21．A 22．D 23．D 24．C
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者通过帮助孤独的邻居Mr. Brown遛狗，不仅为Mr. Brown带来了欢乐，也丰富了自己的生活，体现了邻里之间的互助和温情。
【解析】17．句意：他的儿子和女儿住在另一个城市，所以他们不能经常来看他。
see探望；call打电话；leave离开；need需要。根据“His son and daughter live in another city”可知，他的子女住在另一个城市，所以不能经常看望他。故选A。
18．句意：他还很孤独。
scared害怕的；lonely孤独的；excited兴奋的；relaxed放松的。根据“Mr. Brown lives alone.”可知，他独自居住，所以此处是指他通常会感到孤独。故选B。
19．句意：我高兴地答应了。
slowly慢慢地；seriously严肃地；quietly安静地；happily高兴地。根据“The dog likes the game very much and I like it, too. Both of us are happy.”可知，作者和狗相处很愉快，所以此处是指作者是很乐意地答应帮忙的。故选D。
20．句意：每天早上上学前，我都会去布朗先生的家，把他的狗带到外面去散步。
son儿子；dog狗；neighbor邻居；daughter女儿。根据“he has a dog and it brings him some joy. But it needs taking a walk every day.”可知，布朗先生有一只狗，每天需要遛狗，所以这里是指作者去布朗先生家带他的狗出来散步。故选B。
21．句意：这个简单的活动给我们带来了很多乐趣。
joy快乐；trouble麻烦；care关心；influence影响。根据“The dog likes the game very much and I like it, too. Both of us are happy.”可知，作者和狗一起玩游戏，双方都很开心，所以此处是指这个简单的活动带来了很多快乐。故选A。
22．句意：为了感谢我的帮助，布朗先生经常给我一些美味的糖果。
games游戏；ideas想法；advice建议；help帮助。作者帮布朗先生遛狗，这是一种帮助行为，所以布朗先生为了感谢作者的帮助，会给作者一些美味的糖果。故选D。
23．句意：这个小举动温暖了布朗先生的心，也让我的日子充满了快乐。
shocks使震惊；bores使厌烦；surprises使惊讶；warms使……温暖。根据“I really hope for these little rewards and feel good about being able to make a difference in Mr. Brown’s life.”可知，作者帮助布朗先生遛狗这件小事给布朗先生的生活带来一些改变，让独自生活且孤独的他感受到了温暖。故选D。
24．句意：这个小举动温暖了布朗先生的心，也让我的日子充满了快乐。
madness疯狂；nervousness紧张；happiness快乐；hopefulness充满希望。根据“Both of us are happy. This simple activity brings so much…to both of us.”可知，作者在帮助布朗先生的过程中，自己也和狗玩得很开心，所以此处是指这件事让作者的日子充满了 快乐。故选C。
【知识点】家人和亲人、日常活动、记叙文
【答案】25．C 26．B 27．A 28．C 29．B
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者的祖父母有一个农场以及他们在农场的日常生活。
【解析】25．句意：他们有一个小农场。
garden花园；house房子；farm农场。根据“Some cows, horses, chickens and two working dogs are on it. They want to buy some sheep and pigs, too.”可知，是农场，故选C。
26．句意：他们吃不同的食物，爷爷不得不小心。
friendly友好的；careful小心的；lovely可爱的。根据“He can’t give them the wrong food.”可知，他不能给他们错误的食物，所以要小心，故选B。
27．句意：奶奶起床后，喜欢给两匹马洗个澡。
gets up起床；stands up起立；looks up查阅。根据“After Grandma..., she loves giving the two horses a nice shower (沐浴).”可知，奶奶起床后给两匹马洗澡，故选A。
28．句意：但它们永远不会挡住马的路。
often经常；sometimes有时；never从不。根据“When Grandma rides the horse, the two working dogs walk around the horse and watch them. But they are...in the horse’s way (挡住马的路).”可知，当奶奶骑马时，两只工作犬绕着马走，但它们永远不会挡住马的路。故选C。
29．句意：我可以做同样的事情，我的祖父母在那里，我总是过得很有趣。
great极好的；interesting有趣的；happy开心的。根据“I can do the same things as my grandparents there and I always have an...time.”可知，an修饰以元音音素开头的单词，故选B。
【知识点】个人情况、朋友、记叙文
【答案】30．B 31．C 32．B 33．A 34．C
【分析】本文作者Peter介绍了自己和他的好朋友Hannah。
【解析】30．句意：她比我大一岁，但她比我矮。
old形容词原级；older形容词比较级；oldest形容词最高级。根据“than”可知，此处应使用形容词比较级，故选B。
31．句意：因为她吃得不好。
badly坏地；good好的；well好地。此处应用副词修饰动词，结合“but she’s shorter than me”可知，她吃得不好，故选C。
32．句意：我帮她做好番茄、苹果、橙子，她帮我做好胡萝卜。
finishes动词三单；finish动词原形；finishing动名词/现在分词。help sb do sth“帮助某人做某事”，故选B。
33．句意：我家有三把吉他，一架钢琴和两把长笛。
There那儿；They他们；Those那些。根据“...are three guitars, a piano and two flutes (笛子) in my home.”可知，此处是There be句型，故选A。
34．句意：我们总是可以玩得很开心。
one一个；many许多，修饰可数名词复数；lots of许多。“fun”是不可数名词，故选C。
【知识点】学校、学校活动、说明文
【答案】35．C 36．B 37．A 38．B 39．C 40．A 41．D 42．A
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者的初中生活。
【解析】35．句意：我每天有几个课程？
What什么；Which哪个；How many多少；How much多少钱。根据“I have seven!”可知，询问有几节课，故选C。
36．句意：老师通常通过玩游戏来教我们。
play玩，动词原形；playing玩，现在分词或动名词；plays玩，三单形式；played玩，过去式或过去分词。根据“by”可知，后接动名词，故选B。
37．句意：这是非常令人兴奋的。
exciting令人兴奋的，形容词；excited兴奋的，形容词；excitedly兴奋地，副词；excitement兴奋，名词。根据“It is very”可知，形容词作表语，修饰物，故选A。
38．句意：但是我必须尽快回到课堂上，因为休息时间在上午10:10结束！
end结束，动词原形；ends结束，三单形式；ended结束，过去式或过去分词；will end一般将来时。根据“at 10:10 a.m.”可知，在10点10分结束，宜用一般现在时，主语单数，故选B。
39．句意：中午，我们去食堂吃午餐。
In在……里；On在……上；At在；By通过。根据“noon”可知，at noon“在中午”，故选C。
40．句意：那里的食物很美味，我通常喜欢品尝一些！
soup汤；noodle面条；dumpling饺子；sandwich三明治。根据“some”可知，后接可数名词复数或者不可数名词，故选A。
41．句意：我们下个月将加入学校比赛。
join in参加，动词原形；are joining in参加，现在进行时；joined in参加，过去式；are going to join in参加，一般将来时。根据“next month”可知，句子时态是一般将来时，故选D。
42．句意：我在学校度过了愉快的时光，并珍惜它的每一刻。
a用于辅音音素前；an用于元音音素前；the定冠词；/零冠词。have a great time“玩得开心”，故选A。
【知识点】情感与情绪、说明文
【答案】
43．A
44．B
45．C
46．A
47．B
48．C
49．B
50．A
【详解】
43．句意：即使你不做任何运动，每天在公园里待20分钟也会让你感觉更好，不那么担心。
better更好的；worse更糟的；sadder更难过的。根据“and less worried”可知，此处表示每天在公园里待20分钟所带来的好处，A项符合。故选A。
44．句意：两项研究表明，公园对我们有好处。
surveys调查；studies研究；speeches演讲。根据下文“One study…”以及“Another study…”可知，此处指研究。故选B。
45．句意：为了减轻压力，试着花20到30分钟在大自然中。
stop停止；mind介意；try尝试。根据上文“One study from the University of Michigan found that spending at least 20 minutes walking or sitting where you can see trees or grass helps reduce stress (减轻压力).”可知，在可以看到树木或草地的地方步行或坐至少20分钟有助于减轻压力，所以此处建议花20到30分钟在大自然中，C项符合。故选C。
46．句意：参观后，游客们感到更快乐。
Visitors游客，参观者；Reporters记者；Teachers老师。根据“after their visit”可知，此处指参观者。故选A。
47．句意：伦敦国王学院的一项研究发现，看树、听鸟叫声或感受天空等户外活动可以改变你的情绪。
looking after照顾；looking at看；looking for寻找。根据“A study from King’s College London found that outdoor activities like…trees, hearing birds, or feeling the sky can change your mood.”的语境并结合选项可知，此处指看树这一户外活动。故选B。
48．句意：这些美好的感觉可以持续几个小时。
wait等待；work工作；last持续。根据“These good feelings can…for hours.”的语境并结合选项可知，此处指持续的时长，C项符合。故选C。
49．句意：丹麦的一项研究发现，居住在绿地附近的儿童长大后心理健康问题较少。
because因为；when当……时候；until直到。根据“children who live near green spaces have fewer mental health (心理健康) problems…they grow up”的语境可知，此处指这些孩子们长大后心理健康问题较少，when符合。故选B。
50．句意：随着越来越多的人居住在城市，拥有公园很重要。
important重要的；difficult困难的；boring无聊的。根据下文“Green spaces help everyone feel happier and healthier.”可知，此处指公园的重要性，A项符合。故选A。
【知识点】学校活动、记叙文
【答案】51．B 52．A 53．D 54．C 55．A 56．A 57．C 58．D
【分析】文章讲述了一个小学生因粗心忘带计算器而感到担忧，最后通过同桌的帮助顺利完成学习任务，并由此学会反思和改进的故事。
【解析】51．句意：接着，我快速整理好学习用品，把它们放进书包，然后跑出去赶校车。
break休息；prepare准备；clean清理；study学习。根据“Then I...my school things quickly, put them into my schoolbag and run out to catch the school bus.”可知，作者在准备上学的东西，故选B。
52．句意：当我到了学校并开始上课时，我想从书包里拿出计算器。
maths数学；English英语；history历史；Chinese语文。根据“When I arrive at school and it’s time for...class, I want to get my calculator from my bag.”可知，此处指数学课，故选A。
53．句意：我试图保持冷静，但我的心开始跳得很快。
help帮助；like喜欢；move移动；try尝试。根据“I...to stay cool, but my heart starts beating fast.”可知，作者在努力保持冷静，故选D。
54．句意：我开始担心如果没有计算器该如何完成这些困难的数学题。
crazy疯狂的；excited激动的；worried担心的；angry生气的。根据“I’m...about how to do the hard maths problems without it.”可知，作者因为没有计算器而担心，故选C。
55．句意：别担心，我们可以一起用我的计算器。
use使用；tidy整理；find找到；read阅读。根据“Don’t worry. We can...my calculator together.”可知，Lily提议一起使用她的计算器，故选A。
56．句意：她的善意的举动让我感觉好多了。
act行动；voice声音；smile微笑；face面对。根据“Her kind...makes me feel much better.”可知，Lily的行为让作者感觉好些，故选A。
57．句意：这件事教给我必须在离开家之前检查自己的学习用品。
show展示；record记录；check检查；buy购买。根据“This teaches me that I must always...my school things before leaving home”可知，作者意识到需要检查学习用品，故选C。
58．句意：现在，每天早晨，我都会检查书包，确保一切都带齐了。
slowly缓慢地；quietly安静地；easily容易地；carefully仔细地。根据“Now, every morning, I look over my schoolbag...to make sure I have everything.”可知，作者要仔细检查书包，故选D。
【知识点】个人情况、记叙文
【答案】59．A 60．D 61．C 62．C 63．B 64．B 65．D 66．A
【分析】本文介绍了Tom和他的幸运T恤衫的故事。
【解析】59．句意：他会带给我好运。
luck运气；health健康；looks外貌；dreams梦想。根据标题“The Lucky T-shirt”可知此处指带来好运，故选A。
60．句意：亲爱的，你不需要那个衬衫，你很有天赋。
polite礼貌的；sweet甜蜜的；curious好奇的；talented有天赋的。根据“You paint well.”可知他画得好，因此是有天赋的，故选D。
61．句意：你为这次比赛练习的足够了吗？
know知道；relax放松；practice练习；experiment实验。根据“Do you...enough for this game ”及上下文可知是询问练习的足够了吗，故选C。
62．句意：只要想想你投入了多少努力到绘画中。
guess猜测；forget忘记；consider考虑；describe描述。根据“how much effort you put into painting”可知此处指想一想投入到绘画中的努力，故选C。
63．句意：汤姆深呼吸并开始画画。
waiting等待；painting画画；training训练；writing写作。根据文章开头“I will have a painting game next week”可知是要画画，故选B。
64．句意：他努力集中注意力，使用他学到的所有的技能。
words单词；skills技能；habits习惯；stories故事。根据“using all the...he learns”可知画画需要使用的是技能，故选B。
65．句意：“并且我没有穿我的红色T恤衫。”汤姆激动地说。
clearly清晰地；slowly缓慢地；kindly友善地；excitedly激动地。根据“I’m so surprised that I win!”可知他赢了应该是很激动，故选D。
66．句意：它们是成功的关键。
key关键；view看法；wish希望；love爱。the key to success “成功的关键”，故选A。
【知识点】学习科目、说明文
【答案】67．A 68．B 69．B 70．A 71．A
【分析】本文主要介绍了杰克星期二的课程安排。
【解析】67．句意：今天是星期二。
Tuesday星期二；Wednesday星期三。根据“So he is very happy to take the classes on Tuesday.”可知，今天是星期二。故选A。
68．句意：杰克上午有一节音乐课和一节英语课。
geography地理；English英语。根据“Music and English are his favourite ...”可知，此处提到的课程是英语课。故选B。
69．句意：音乐和英语是他最喜欢的课程。
animals动物；subjects科目。根据“Music and English”可知，音乐和英语都属于学科。故选B。
70．句意：史密斯先生是杰克的音乐老师。
Jack’s杰克的；Jack杰克。根据“music teacher”和语境可知，此处指“杰克的老师”，要用所有格形式。故选A。
71．句意：他们很友善，总是在学习上帮助杰克。
with关于；of……的。help sb. with sth.表示 “在某方面帮助某人”。故选A。
【知识点】个人经历、家人和亲人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】72．A 73．D 74．A 75．C 76．C 77．B 78．B 79．D
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了罗茜和父亲之间关于睡前故事的感人故事。
【解析】72．句意：她爸爸总是给她讲故事。
told告诉、讲述；wrote写；emailed发邮件；recorded记录。根据“Sometimes, he told fairy tales. Sometimes, he told animal stories. And sometimes, he told sports stories.”可知，此处应是讲故事。故选A。
73．句意：罗茜迫不及待地想听爸爸的下一个故事。
stop停止；want想要；hope希望；wait等待。根据“Her dad always ... her stories.”可知，罗茜一直听爸爸讲故事，所以应是迫不及待想听下一个故事。故选D。
74．句意：所以妈妈给罗茜讲了一个故事。
mom妈妈；dad爸爸；grandma奶奶；grandpa爷爷。根据“Mom told Rosie. ‘But I can tell you a story if you want me to.’”可知，此处应是妈妈讲故事。故选A。
75．句意：她感到伤心。
nervous紧张的；happy高兴的；sad伤心的；angry生气的。根据“She didn’t want dad to be sick, and she missed story time with dad.”可知，爸爸生病了，罗茜应是伤心的。故选C。
76．句意：她想也许爸爸也想念讲故事的时间。
hated讨厌；liked喜欢；missed想念；prepared准备。根据上文“she missed story time with dad”和“too”可知，爸爸和她一样想念睡前讲故事的时间。故选C。
77．句意：当罗茜打开门时，爸爸虚弱地笑了。
cried哭；smiled微笑；walked走；jumped跳。根据前文可知爸爸生病了，看到了罗茜进来，此处应是微笑。故选B。
78．句意：我要给你们讲个故事。
idea主意；story故事；joke玩笑；event事件。根据“So Rosie told dad a story about a castle, a dragon, and a princess.”可知，罗茜讲的是故事。故选B。
79．句意：“快点好起来，爸爸，”罗茜低声说。
slowly慢地；noisily吵闹地；luckily幸运地；quickly快速地。根据“Get well ...”可知，爸爸生病了，此处应是快点好起来。故选D。
【知识点】个人经历、家人和亲人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】80．C 81．A 82．A
【分析】本文讲述了一天清晨，吉娜在睡梦中被一声巨响的雷声惊醒，随后大雨倾盆。她下楼看到父亲在厨房。父亲称不介意被吵醒，因为这让他有更多时间在上班前陪伴吉娜，展现了温馨的父女情。
【解析】80．句意：一天大清早，吉娜正在床上睡觉，突然一声巨响把她吵醒了。
sleeps睡觉，动词第三人称单数形式；slept睡觉，动词过去式；was sleeping正在睡觉，过去进行时；will sleep将睡觉，一般将来时。根据“woke her up”可知，打雷的时候她正在睡觉。此事是过去发生的，句子应用过去进行时，其结构为“was/were done”。故选C。
81．句意：她穿上外套下了楼。
put放，动词原形/过去式/过去分词；puts放，动词第三人称单数形式；will put将放，一般将来时；was putting正在放，过去进行时。根据“and went downstairs”可知，句子应用一般过去时，此处应用put。故选A。
82．句意：在我去上班之前，它给了我更多的时间。
go去，动词原形；goes去，动词第三人称单数形式；went去，动词过去式；going去，现在分词形式。空前为“have to”，其后接动词原形。故选A。
二、人与社会
【知识点】外国文化、说明文
【答案】83．C 84．D 85．B 86．D 87．C
【分析】本文主要介绍了德国人喜欢存钱以及他们喜欢存钱的原因。
【解析】83．句意：储蓄在德国有着悠久的历史。
an不定冠词，一个，表泛指，用于以元音音素开头的单词2025--2026年最新人教版中考英语完形填空【8空】分类能力提高综合练习【 含答案 word版】
一、个人情况（本大题共1小题）
The Lucky T-shirt
“Mom! Where’s my red T-shirt I will have a painting game next week, and I need it! It will bring me good 1 ,” Tom says loudly.
“Dear, you don’t need that T-shirt. You are 2 . You paint well. Just try hard. That is important,” Mom says.
“But when I wear it, I paint better,” Tom says angrily.
“Do you 3 enough for this game ” Mom asks.
“Yes, I do,” Tom answers.
“Then you’ll be fine. Just 4 how much effort you put into painting,” Mom says.
It is time for the painting game. Tom feels a bit worried, but he remembers his mom’s words.
Tom takes a deep breath (呼吸) and starts 5 . He focuses hard, using all the 6 he learns. When he finishes, he feels satisfied (满意的).
A few days later, Tom knows he wins the first place. “I’m so surprised that I win! And I don’t wear my red T-shirt!” Tom says 7 . He can’t wait to tell his mom. Mom smiles and says, “What matters is not the T-shirt, but your hard work and talent. They are the 8 to success (成功).”
1．A．luck B．health C．looks D．dreams
2．A．polite B．sweet C．curious D．talented
3．A．know B．relax C．practice D．experiment
4．A．guess B．forget C．consider D．describe
5．A．waiting B．painting C．training D．writing
6．A．words B．skills C．habits D．stories
7．A．clearly B．slowly C．kindly D．excitedly
8．A．key B．view C．wish D．love
二、家庭、朋友与周围的人（本大题共1小题）
I’m Peter and I’m eight years old. My best friend is Hannah. She’s one year 9 than me, but she’s shorter than me. Why Because she doesn’t eat 10 .
We are in the same class in school. We sit next to each other and we have lunch together. Sometimes we eat food from each other’s lunchbox. I help her 11 her tomatoes, apples, oranges and she helps me with my carrots. She’s quite a fussy (爱挑剔的) eater.
After school, we always play together at my home. 12 are three guitars, a piano and two flutes (笛子) in my home. Hannah loves playing the piano and my favorite is dancing. Every time she plays the piano. I dance to her music. We can always have 13 fun.
9．A．old B．older C．oldest
10．A．badly B．good C．well
11．A．finishes B．finish C．finishing
12．A．There B．They C．Those
13．A．one B．many C．lots of
三、日常活动（本大题共1小题）
My grandparents live in the countryside. We need to drive for two hours to visit them. They have a small 14 . Some cows, horses, chickens and two working dogs are on it. They want to buy some sheep and pigs, too. Every morning, Grandpa goes to give the animals some food. They eat different foods and Grandpa has to be 15 . He can’t give them the wrong food.
After Grandma 16 , she loves giving the two horses a nice shower (沐浴). The two horses, one brown and one black, are Grandma’s favorites. She cleans them and rides them every day. When Grandma rides the horse, the two working dogs walk around the horse and watch them. But they are 17 in the horse’s way (挡住马的路).
I visit my grandparents every month. I can do the same things as my grandparents there and I always have an 18 time.
14．A．garden B．house C．farm
15．A．friendly B．careful C．lovely
16．A．gets up B．stands up C．looks up
17．A．often B．sometimes C．never
18．A．great B．interesting C．happy
四、个人兴趣（本大题共1小题）
All my family love reading. I think the magic of reading is that when you 19 a book, you get to meet new people, visit different places, and experience 20 things. It takes us outside our own world and allows us to enter different ones. There are many picture books that I 21 reading to my little daughter Leila. We read some of them so many times that the pages become all dog-eared. I also read some 22 stories to her and do the voices of the roles in the story. She always laughs at my action and wonders what will happen next. I am sure she has entered her own world. 23 can take her anywhere she can think of. She can be the hero of a thousand stories.
19．A．put down B．pick up C．bring in D．give out
20．A．successful B．natural C．fresh D．necessary
21．A．regret B．avoid C．practice D．enjoy
22．A．funny B．easy C．short D．crazy
23．A．Writing B．Visiting C．Laughing D．Reading
五、情感与情绪（本大题共4小题）
My neighbor (邻居) Mr. Brown lives alone (独自). His son and daughter live in another city, so they can’t 24 him very often. Mr. Brown is old and he can’t walk very long. He is also 25 . Luckily, he has a dog and it brings him some joy. But it needs taking a walk every day. Mum asks me if I can help Mr. Brown to walk his dog. I say yes 26 .
Every morning before school, I go to Mr. Brown’s house and take his 27 outside (外面) to have a walk. After twenty minutes, I take it to Mr. Brown’s house. Then I go to school. After school, I have a lot of time. I can take the dog to the yard and play with it. I throw (扔) a ball out. The dog runs to catch it and brings it back. Then I throw the ball out again. The dog likes the game very much and I like it, too. Both of us are happy. This simple activity brings so much 28 to both of us.
To show his thanks for my 29 , Mr. Brown often gives me some delicious sweets. I really hope for these little rewards (奖励) and feel good about being able to make a difference in Mr. Brown’s life. This small act 30 Mr. Brown and also fills my days with 31 .
24．A．see B．call C．leave D．need
25．A．scared B．lonely C．excited D．relaxed
26．A．slowly B．seriously C．quietly D．happily
27．A．son B．dog C．neighbor D．daughter
28．A．joy B．trouble C．care D．influence
29．A．games B．ideas C．advice D．help
30．A．shocks B．bores C．surprises D．warms
31．A．madness B．nervousness C．happiness D．hopefulness
Spending Time in Parks Makes You Happier and Less Stressed
Do you like to spend your lunch break or walk your dog in a park Good news! Just 20 minutes in a park each day can make you feel 32 and less worried, even if you don’t do any exercise.
Two 33 show that parks are good for us. One study from the University of Michigan found that spending at least 20 minutes walking or sitting where you can see trees or grass helps reduce stress (减轻压力). The lead researcher, Mary Carol Hunter, said, “To feel less stressed, 34 spending 20 to 30 minutes in a place with nature. Even just sitting by a tree can help.”
Another study from the University of Alabama showed that people feel better after visiting city parks. Hon Yuen, who led this study, said, “ 35 felt happier after their visit. It’s not about how much you move but the time you spend in the park that matters.”
Many studies show that being around nature can make you feel better and less stressed. A study from King’s College London found that outdoor activities like 36 trees, hearing birds, or feeling the sky can change your mood. These good feelings can 37 for hours.
A study from Denmark found that children who live near green spaces have fewer mental health (心理健康) problems 38 they grow up.
As more people live in cities, it’s 39 to have parks. Green spaces help everyone feel happier and healthier.
32．A．better B．worse C．sadder
33．A．surveys B．studies C．speeches
34．A．stop B．mind C．try
35．A．Visitors B．Reporters C．Teachers
36．A．looking after B．looking at C．looking for
37．A．wait B．work C．last
38．A．because B．when C．until
39．A．important B．difficult C．boring
One sunny morning, I decided to do something different to make someone’s day a little brighter. I thought of my neighbor, Mrs. Brown, who always seemed a bit 40 . She was an elderly lady living alone, with her husband gone and children far away. I often saw her on her porch (门廊), just watching the world go by.
I decided to bake 41 for Mrs. Brown. I mixed the ingredients (原材料) carefully, trying to make them perfect. As I was baking, I remembered how she used to bake for us. Her cookies tasted like love. I hoped mine would bring her joy too.
With my cookies in a pretty box, I went to Mrs. Brown’s house. I felt a little 42 as I knocked on her door. What if she didn’t like my cookies
She opened the door and looked 43 to see me. “Good morning, Mrs. Brown!” I said with a smile, “I baked some cookies for you.”
Her eyes lit up and she invited me in. “Oh, how thoughtful!” she said warmly, “Come in, please.”
We sat at her kitchen table, and I told her about my day. She listened carefully and laughed at my stories. Then, she 44 stories from her past. She talked about her husband, whom she missed so much, and their adventures together. She also mentioned her childhood, playing in the same park where I now play with my friends.
As we talked, I could see she was happy to have company. She hadn’t had many visitors lately, and it was clear that she enjoyed the conversation. I felt a sense of 45 with her, like we were two friends sharing secrets.
Before I left, she hugged me tightly (紧紧地) and said, “Thank you for thinking of me. It means so much to have a kind neighbor like you.” Her eyes were a little misty (模糊的), and I could tell that my visit had 46 her day.
I walked home happily, knowing that a small act of 47 could make a big difference. I decided to visit Mrs. Brown more often and keep baking cookies. I thought about learning some of her old cooking secrets. Maybe I could also spread kindness to others around me.
40．A．happy B．lonely C．busy D．lively
41．A．cookies B．cakes C．pies D．breads
42．A．excited B．angry C．confident D．nervous
43．A．bored B．tired C．surprised D．relaxed
44．A．wrote B．found C．read D．shared
45．A．humor B．connection C．purpose D．safety
46．A．made B．planned C．spent D．started
47．A．courage B．patience C．kindness D．respect
Rosie’s bedtime story
Rosie loved bedtime.
Her dad always 48 her stories. Sometimes, he told fairy tales. Sometimes, he told animal stories. And sometimes, he told sports stories.
Rosie couldn’t 49 to hear dad’s next story.
But that night, mom covered Rosie into bed instead. “Dad is sick,” Mom told Rosie. “But I can tell you a story if you want me to.” So 50 told Rosie a story.
But to Rosie, it wasn’t the same. She felt 51 . She didn’t want dad to be sick, and she missed story time with dad.
She thought maybe dad 52 story time, too. This gave her an idea.
Rosie jumped out of bed. She went to dad’s room. She knocked on his door.
“Come in,” dad said.
When Rosie opened the door, dad 53 weakly. “I’m sorry. I’m going to miss story time tonight.”
Rosie sat on dad’s bed. “No, you won’t. I’m going to tell you a/an 54 .”
So Rosie told dad a story about a castle, a dragon, and a princess.
Dad loved the story and he fell asleep with a smile on his face.
“Get well 55 , dad,” Rosie whispered.
48．A．told B．wrote C．emailed D．recorded
49．A．stop B．want C．hope D．wait
50．A．mom B．dad C．grandma D．grandpa
51．A．nervous B．happy C．sad D．angry
52．A．hated B．liked C．missed D．prepared
53．A．cried B．smiled C．walked D．jumped
54．A．idea B．story C．joke D．event
55．A．slowly B．noisily C．luckily D．quickly
六、学校活动（本大题共1小题）
Hello, everyone! Now I’d like to share my time in junior high school.
56 classes do I have every day I have seven! Geography is a new subject. The teacher usually teaches us by 57 games. I enjoy every class.
I have morning break at 10:00 a.m. I often play games with my friends. It is very 58 . But I have to go back to the class soon because the break 59 at 10:10 a.m.! How short it is!
60 noon, we go to the canteen for lunch. The food there is delicious and I usually like tasting some 61 !
After school, I go to the Ping-pong Club with my friends. We 62 the school game next month.
I have 63 great time at school and cherish every moment of it.
56．A．What B．Which C．How many D．How much
57．A．play B．playing C．plays D．played
58．A．exciting B．excited C．excitedly D．excitement
59．A．end B．ends C．ended D．will end
60．A．In B．On C．At D．By
61．A．soup B．noodle C．dumpling D．sandwich
62．A．join in B．are joining in C．joined in D．are going to join in
63．A．a B．an C．the D．/
七、人际交往（本大题共4小题）
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选择最佳选项。
One lunch break,I was working on my robot programming when suddenly it fell off the desk and broke into pieces. Just then, two boys passed by. “Oh, a GIRL programmer!” One sneered(讥讽)" More like a girl breaker," the other laughed. More__ 64 __ words followed and left my heart burning with anger.
Then Gab walked over asking me to watch his football final after school. "Not interested in your boys' stuff!” I refused, __ 65 __ the pieces into my bag. But Gab kept asking," Please come. I need you to be there." Something in his voice __ 66 __ a yes from me.
When people came to congratulate Gab for shooting the winning goal, he pulled out a half- finished scarf from his bag and started knitting(编织). The crowd fell in __ 67 __ at first but soon it was broken as someone shouted “Gab is a knitter!” Laughs and sneers spread like waves. But Gab didn’t seem to care. He continued knitting, __ 68 __ and proud. His fingers moved like dancing butterflies and the red scarf flew in the air as if it was making an exciting speech.
Then, __ 69 __ happened—people suddenly stopped laughing. They came over again, eyes shining with interest. “Could you..maybe teach me how to do that ” One boy asked, almost shyly.
"Looks very cool, actually.” “Yeah," Many nodded in agreement.
Gab showed a__ 70 __ smile to me. I suddenly realized something and smiled back.
Since then, I have never cared about others’ mean words or laughs and guess what When I won the first prize in programming, the first ones to__ 71 __ me were the two boys who laughed at me!
64．A．sweet B．boring C．hurtful D．encouraging
65．A．sending B．sweeping C．breaking D．changing
66．A．drew B．kept C．refused D．borrowed
67．A．fear B．trouble C．silence D．darkness
68．A．calm B．amazed C．nervous D．scared
69．A．love B．magic C．arguments D．accidents
70．A．forced B．painful C．polite D．meaningful
71．A．beat B．teach C．discourage D．congratulate
Three years ago, I knew a poor lady named Rose Smith. She had no children and lived 72 . I always visited her and shared my food with her. One day she said she would invite me to have lunch.
We walked to a little restaurant near her home. On the way, I began to 73 . I knew she had less money, but if I offered (主动提出) to 74 lunch, I was afraid I would hurt her.
When we arrived, Rose told me to sit and drink coffee by the window. Then she went into the kitchen. After about 20 minutes, she came out with some food and sat with me. Then we started to 75 the delicious food together. She said that the restaurant let people work for a meal if they had no money, or would give them a free meal if they were not 76 to work.
I still 77 the beautiful afternoon I shared with Rose and she paid for it by her work. Life can not be easy to us, but we can still do 78 for our friends and neighbors (邻居).
72．A．far B．alone C．hard
73．A．laugh B．worry C．cry
74．A．have B．ask C．buy
75．A．drank B．eat C．make
76．A．happy B．able C．ready
77．A．dreamed B．wondered C．remembered
78．A．something B．anything C．everything
Laughter, Circles, and a Lesson Learned
I was just watching my little sister Lilly while Mom was busy on an important call. But somehow, the situation quickly turned into a total disaster.
At first, I tried to 79 Lilly with her favorite puzzle, but she got bored after a while. Then, I suggested reading her favorite book, but she threw it halfway across the room before we even reached the middle.
I needed to 80 her down, and fast. Looking around the room, I noticed the mini basketball hoop attached to my door with two suction cups (吸盘). Inspiration struck (猛地想到). I pulled it down and stuck it on my forehead. It must have looked 81 , because Lilly started laughing immediately.
Encouraged, I pulled the hoop off my head with a loud sound. POP! Lilly clapped and laughed, saying, “Do again!” We 82 this several times, and her laughter filled the room.
After a few rounds, Lilly suddenly stopped and pointed at my forehead. “Circles!” she said. At first, I didn’t understand, but when I checked the mirror, I saw two bright red, perfectly round 83 on my forehead where the suction cups had been.
When Mom walked into the room later, she was shocked, trying to hold back a laugh. “What happened ” she asked. I explained the situation. Although Mom tried to stay serious, I could tell she found it funny.
By the next morning, the red circles had turned into dark purple marks, making me afraid of going to school. At lunch, my best friend Pete 84 them curiously.
“Jake, what’s up with your head ” he asked loudly.
Instead of hiding, I decided to tell the truth. “I stuck a basketball hoop on my head to make my sister laugh.” To my surprise, my friends didn’t laugh at me. Instead, they started sharing their own embarrassing stories, turning my disaster into a moment of 85 .
That day, I realized that sometimes the best way to handle a disaster is to laugh it off and 86 it.
79．A．please B．surprise C．disappoint D．frighten
80．A．turn B．calm C．slow D．let
81．A．terrible B．boring C．great D．funny
82．A．closed B．ended C．repeated D．worked
83．A．wounds B．holes C．stickers D．circles
84．A．eyed B．smelled C．ignored D．explained
85．A．trust B．confidence C．connection D．patience
86．A．own B．refuse C．avoid D．share
Ever since the famous cubby thing in kindergarten, Summer and I haven’t got along one single bit. We argued over everything ever since then. That’s why what happened last month was so totally surprising.
We were both cast as (扮演) rabbits in our school’s winter play, Little Red Riding Hood and the Big Bad Rabbit. During the first week of 87 , Summer and I did our best to ignore (忽视) each other.
Then, one day during the second week, our director Mr. Jackson said, “Summer and Arizona. I’d like to talk to you privately after practice.”
My heart started beating super fast. I thought about how I’d messed up in the forest dance and forgotten the words. Was I getting 88 out of the play And why did Mr. Jackson want to talk to Summer and me together Was it that obvious we were trying to stand as far apart from each other as possible
My mind was spinning (旋转) with many nervous worries. So when I finally heard what Mr. Jackson had to say after practice, I was completely 89 !
“The two of you are such funny forest rabbits,” he told us. “I’d like you to 90 up and sing the ‘Funny Rabbit’ song all by yourselves.”
“Oh!” Summer said 91 . “Um…”
“Yeah, wow. Um…” I added awkwardly (尴尬地).
“I can tell you’re both a little nervous,” Mr. Jackson said. “And you can certainly say no, but I really think you two could make it!”
We both agreed and I’m glad we did, because you’ll never believe what happened. We ended up having an actual 92 !
And I remembered all those memories about how mean Summer had been. Well, it turned out that Summer remembered all of those 93 too. Only her memories were completely different-I had been the rude and unfriendly one.
We talked about the cubby thing just like a joke and ended up laughing so hard that we could hardly catch our breath!
After weeks of practice, Summer and I really did rock our duet (二重唱), and the audience couldn’t stop laughing.
So, if you let enough time go by, you might realize that cubbies and other things that seem important now really don’t 94 very much in the end.
87．A．travel B．practice C．study D．holiday
88．A．kicked B．washed C．fished D．locked
89．A．confused B．upset C．worried D．surprised
90．A．speed B．stay C．team D．give
91．A．honestly B．loudly C．uncertainly D．sadly
92．A．conversation B．celebration C．examination D．argument
93．A．topics B．times C．words D．friends
94．A．achieve B．cost C．compete D．matter
八、节假日活动（本大题共1小题）
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项。
Dear Beth, How’s it going I went to the City Park with my family last Saturday. It was very tiring but 95 . I took a lot of photos. Look at this picture! The park is very beautiful. Colourful flowers, green trees are everywhere. There are many 96 in the park. Some teenagers are jogging. Some old women are dancing. An old man is walking his dog. 97 a big tree, some boys and girls are reading books. A father and a mother are 98 their baby. On the lake, people are boating. We’re sitting in a small boat too. The water is so clean that we can see fish below. Ducks are swimming near our boat. Beth, do you know what happened next We 99 saw some children throwing stones (扔石头) at the ducks. The ducks flew away fast. My dad quickly rowed (划) our boats to them and 100 at once, “Stop! That hurts them! Ducks are our friends!” The children stopped but still held the stones. Dad explained why birds and ducks were important for our park. 101 , the boys promised they wouldn’t do it again. They said in a low voice, “We’re very sorry. We’ll keep the animals safe and take care of 102 .” We love City Park a lot. We plan to come back next weekend. What about your weekend I’m looking forward to hearing from you. Yours, Kate
95．A．bad B．boring C．meaningful
96．A．people B．animals C．boats
97．A．In B．On C．Under
98．A．thinking about B．playing with C．laughing at
99．A．suddenly B．hopefully C．quietly
100．A．asked B．smiled C．shouted
101．A．For example B．At first C．In the end
102．A．nature B．parents C．hands
九、文学（本大题共2小题）
When I was just a few months old, my parents realized that I might have a hearing problem because I couldn’t even hear loud noises. They 103 all sorts of methods (方法). Sadly, I couldn’t hear a thing.
The doctor advised my parents to put me in a (an) 104 school so I could learn to communicate. But they found it a little hard to take. They wanted me to be able to lead a normal life. So first my parents sent me to private speech 105 where I learned to read lips (唇) and pronounce words.
Next my parents decided to send me to a normal primary school. In order for that to 106 , they managed to make the headmaster accept me. At school, I sat at the 107 of class and paid attention to the teacher, which wasn’t always easy, especially when she had her back to the class in order to write on the board. But I tried on and did a lot of work after school.
My parents’ effort paid off and I left primary school with good enough 108 to get into a number of Singapore’s top middle schools. Also my parents went to several schools to explain my needs. 109 , a school in my neighborhood accepted me.
I worked very hard and did well enough to go to one of the top junior colleges. Since then I have achieved (取得) many things inside and outside school. None of these would have been 110 without one of the most important lessons from my parents. If you believe in yourself and work hard, you can win great results.
103．A．found B．tried C．had D．used
104．A．expensive B．modern C．unusual D．special
105．A．hospitals B．homes C．neighborhood D．classes
106．A．appear B．come C．happen D．arrive
107．A．back B．center C．front D．side
108．A．grades B．encouragement C．happiness D．reports
109．A．Finally B．Sadly C．Hardly D．Quickly
110．A．necessary B．important C．possible D．easy
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项。
Yifei and her classmates went on a school trip by bus. Along the way, Yifei shared her favorite story with others on the bus.
Long ago, there 111 a city. Outside the city was a large forest. Over 500 monkeys 112 there. One night, the 500 monkeys played around and came to a tree.
Under the tree was a deep old well (井). The water in the well was very 113 and showed the full moon in the sky. The head monkey looked into the well and watched 114 for some time. Then it jumped onto the edge (边缘) of the well and said to others, “Today the moon is so beautiful but it 115 into this well. Let us take it up together, or the night will be dark all the time.”
All the monkeys were worried and said, “The well is so deep. We can’t get to the moon. 116 can we take the moon out of it ”
The head monkey was very smart and said, “I have an idea. I will climb up the tree and hang from a branch with my legs. Then I catch another one’s feet. In this way, one catching another, can’t we go down into the well ”
When the other monkeys heard this, they jumped with happiness. So they joined their foot and hands together. They became longer and longer and they almost got to the surface (表面) of the well water. At this moment the branches 117 with a loud noise, and all 500 monkeys fell into the old well. They got nothing but wet bodies. They looked up and the beautiful full moon was still in the 118 .
111．A．was B．were C．had
112．A．worked B．studied C．lived
113．A．dirty B．clean C．hot
114．A．quickly B．hopefully C．closely
115．A．goes B．falls C．pours
116．A．How B．Why C．When
117．A．grew B．broke C．rose
118．A．well B．sky C．bus
十、旅游（本大题共2小题）
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Last Saturday, our class joined a special activity. It was held by the local animal home. As
119 , we were all excited to help the homeless animals, though some of us felt a little nervous 120 .
We arrived there at 8 a.m. The workers divided us into three groups. My group’s first task was to clean the dogs’ cages. We worked 121 , making sure each cage was clean. At the same time, the second group 122 fresh food and water bowls, while the third group started brushing the animals’ fur.
During the lunch break, I noticed a small dog 123 alone in the corner. It looked scared and hungry. I slowly walked to it and offered some food. To my joy, the dog soon became 124 and even licked my hand!
In the afternoon, we helped with a charity activity to find homes for these animals. Many visitors came and showed interest in adoption (收养). Seeing the happy faces of both the animals and owners, we felt our work was truly 125 .
As we were leaving, the manager thanked us warmly: “Your help today has made a 126 to these animals’ lives.” All of us were very happy because it was the most rewarding weekend we’ve ever had, and promised to continue volunteering in the future.
119．A．volunteers B．teachers C．visitors
120．A．at least B．as a result C．at first
121．A．quickly B．carefully C．badly
122．A．prepared B．bought C．cooked
123．A．sleeping B．jumping C．sitting
124．A．friendly B．sleepy C．noisy
125．A．strange B．difficult C．meaningful
126．A．mistake B．difference C．decision
Recently, a video has become popular online.In the video, a man at Beijing’s Summer Palace (颐和园) 　1　 information about the park’s buildings with visitors.Is the man a tour guide What’s so special about him Well, in fact, he is a 　2　 at the Summer Palace.
“One day I saw a few visitors.They were reading 　3　, but they still couldn’t find the right way, so I offered them some help,” says Zhang Xu, the cleaner.“In addition to (除……以外) our daily cleaning work, we also provide more 　4　 like answering questions and giving directions.”
For Zhang Xu, the Summer Palace is a special place.As a child, he came here to play.When he 　5　 up, he began to work here and became a part of it.Zhang started working at the Summer Palace in late 2021.“Every morning when I 　6　 here and begin my work, I feel like I am one of the stones in the garden,” he says.
Zhang is interested in the Summer Palace.And he wants to 　7　 everything about it.In his free time, Zhang likes reading books about it and looking for the information online.That 　8　 him an expert (专家) at the Summer Palace.He often shares information about the buildings with visitors.“I’m very glad to help more people enjoy the beauty (美丽) of the place,” he says.
127．A．loses B．shares C．shuts D．invents
128．A．doctor B．waiter C．cleaner D．driver
129．A．novels B．textbooks C．newspaper D．guidebooks
130．A．services B．food C．money D．chances
131．A．woke B．looked C．grew D．got
132．A．arrive B．leave C．sleep D．remember
133．A．clean B．know C．hurt D．improve
134．A．sends B．gives C．lends D．makes
十一、交通（本大题共2小题）
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Ethan is my cousin. He is just 3 years old, and he has a very interesting hobby—watching traffic lights (交通信号灯). Traffic lights are 135 in our daily lives. There is usually one or two on every street. My cousin thinks they are like colourful stars up in the sky and they change their 136 from time to time. He often gets lost in the beauty of these lights. He likes to stand 137 and watch them.
One sunny day, he is walking across the street with his mum. 138 , he stops right in the middle of the road and then looks up at the traffic lights very carefully. The lights are green, but he doesn’t 139 that he can cross the street. His mum is so worried and even a little angry. She tells him to 140 walking. But he says, “I’m looking at the lights, but I don’t know what green means.”
My cousin is really cute, but it’s very 141 to keep looking at traffic lights while crossing the road. We should always keep an eye on the traffic around us 142 it is very important to be safe!
135．A．amazing B．special C．common
136．A．rules B．colours C．goals
137．A．quietly B．hardly C．politely
138．A．Maybe B．Instead C．However
139．A．hear B．guess C．understand
140．A．focus on B．go on C．think of
141．A．lucky B．perfect C．dangerous
142．A．because B．but C．if
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选择最佳选项。
The Broken Traffic Light
One busy afternoon, the traffic light at the town’s main crossing suddenly stopped working. Cars honked (鸣笛) loudly, and drivers got angry because of the terrible traffic. A group of students walking home saw the 143 . They had just learned about traffic safety in school and they knew they had to do something to help.
The leader of the group, a boy named Sam, 144 that they should guide the traffic. At first, his friends were afraid. “What if we make things worse ” one of them asked. But Sam said to them, “Remember what the teacher said Following 145 and staying calm can solve even the hardest problems.” With confidence, the kids decided to take action. They divided into two groups and stood on different sides of the crossing. Using their hands, the kids 146 to the drivers when to stop and when to go. Some drivers laughed, “Kids can’t do this!” But soon, they realized the kids knew what they were doing. The traffic began to move, the honking stopped and everything was in order again.
When the police arrived, they were 147 to see the kids guiding the traffic so well. “You did a great job!” one officer said. The next day, the town mayor (镇长) visited their school. He thanked the kids 148 and gave them prizes in front of the whole school. The kids felt proud and also realized something important rules can 149 everyone. Whether it’s traffic lights or school rules, following them helps keep everyone safe.
From that day on, the kids became local heroes. They also started an activity in their school to teach younger students about traffic safety. They learned that even small actions can make a big 150 , and that courage and teamwork can solve problems in surprising ways.
143．A．trick B．problem C．goal D．order
144．A．caused B．followed C．finished D．advised
145．A．rules B．lights C．people D．ideas
146．A．turned B．sent C．signed D．wrote
147．A．worried B．calm C．surprised D．sad
148．A．quickly B．quietly C．successfully D．publicly
149．A．protect B．carry C．treat D．understand
150．A．choice B．difference C．plan D．mistake
十二、卫生与健康（本大题共3小题）
Breakfast is the first and most 151 meal of the day. Eating the right food is good 152 our health. We may have eggs, bread, rice, noodles, cereals (谷物), fruit, juice and milk for our breakfast. We also need some vegetables.
Many 153 don’t get their children to eat breakfast, because they don’t have breakfast 154 . It 155 their health. Our body goes at least 6 to 12 hours without eating each night. In the morning our body 156 energy (能量) for the day’s work.
Without breakfast, our body will not 157 . And the children may not 158 as fast as they should. They may not study or play well at school. So, please have breakfast from now on.
151．A．interesting B．important C．popular D．amazing
152．A．at B．with C．in D．for
153．A．classmates B．parents C．players D．teachers
154．A．them B．their C．themselves D．theirs
155．A．is bad for B．is good at C．is late for D．is new to
156．A．shares B．wakes C．wishes D．needs
157．A．keep silent B．keep balance C．stay healthy D．work well
158．A．join B．lead C．grow D．finish
Tony became ill and had to spend all day in bed. Because other children could not come near him, he felt 159 and lonely. There wasn’t much to do so he just looked out the window. One day, he saw something 160 outside the window. It was a penguin eating a sandwich. The penguin said “good afternoon” to Tony and then left. Tony couldn’t 161 what was happening. He tried to find out what was going on. Suddenly he saw a monkey playing with a balloon outside his window. As he saw more and more 162 , Tony started to laugh and found it hard to 163 .
Before long, his 164 improved and he went back to school. He told his friends about all the strange things outside his window. While he was 165 , he saw something in his friend’s schoolbag. Tony asked what it was and his friend showed him. Inside the bag were many clothes that looked like animals. His friend 166 them to cheer Tony up while he was ill! From that day on, Tony always tried his best to make sure his friends never felt lonely.
159．A．scared B．bored C．angry D．comfortable
160．A．surprising B．relaxing C．delicious D．terrible
161．A．believe B．remember C．see D．hear
162．A．clothes B．toys C．doctors D．animals
163．A．play B．think C．stop D．sleep
164．A．grades B．health C．looks D．feeling
165．A．laughing B．studying C．crying D．talking
166．A．became B．fed C．wore D．taught
请阅读下面短文，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Hu Lei is a young man. In his early thirties, he can’t stand or walk because of polio (小儿麻痹症), but that doesn’t stop him from doing good things.
Hu was born in Ningxia. When he was a baby, he lost his father. Then his mother had a new family, leaving him in the 167 of his grandparents. At the age of 7, he got 168 and couldn’t walk. What was worse, his grandpa passed away a few years later. Even though Hu faced many difficulties, he didn’t give up 169 . Every day, he picked up things that people didn’t need anymore and sold them. Sometimes, strangers gave him food, clothes, and even money. Their kindness made him feel warm, and he decided to help 170 .
Hu started doing good things in 2008 with the money he saved. He 171 more than one million yuan! He helped many people in need. He believed that 172 you help other people, they will help others, too.
Hu’s story teaches us that we don’t need to be rich or famous to make a difference. Even 173 acts of kindness can do the job. Just like Hu, we can pass the love forward by helping those in need. Let’s hold each other’s hands and work together to 174 the world a better place.
167．A．care B．control C．help
168．A．sick B．heavy C．hurt
169．A．quickly B．easily C．seriously
170．A．another B．other C．others
171．A．gave away B．handed out C．picked up
172．A．if B．unless C．although
173．A．special B．small C．similar
174．A．enjoy B．make C．change
十三、安全与急救（本大题共1小题）
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Stories of bravery often warm our hearts. These days, people are having a 175 about a video online. On the way to take an important exam,18-year-old boy Jiang Zhaopeng successfully saved his classmate who had a cardiac arrest (心脏骤停) in a taxi.
On May 10,2025, Jiang and his classmate Li took a taxi to the examination site (考场). Just one minute after they got into the car, Li 176 fell on Jiang. At first, he thought Li was just tired. But when he saw Li shaking violently (剧烈地), he 177 there was something wrong with Li. Li soon stopped breathing. Jiang quickly put Li on the seat and started CPR (心肺复苏) without thinking twice. At the same time, the taxi driver Wang Tao 178 the traffic police for help and drove fast towards the hospital. It only took seven minutes to get there. Thanks to Jiang and the taxi driver, Li was saved by the doctor in time. 179 , Jiang was late for the exam.
Though Jiang missed this important exam, Jiang is 180 in this special “exam”— life is more important than anything. He sets a good 181 to all of us. A small kindness 182 others. Such is the power of kindness. Let’s learn from Jiang Zhaopeng.
175．A．discussion B．protection C．population
176．A．recently B．lonely C．suddenly
177．A．developed B．realized C．encouraged
178．A．shouted B．reminded C．called
179．A．Anyway B．Perhaps C．However
180．A．successful B．truthful C．peaceful
181．A．memory B．example C．importance
182．A．gets on with B．depends on C．makes a difference to
十四、守则与制度（本大题共1小题）
Rules are very important in our daily life. In school, we have many rules to follow. We must 183 at school on time. That shows respect for our class and teacher. We can’t run in the 184 . It’s for our 185 . We have to wear the 186 because it builds school spirit. We mustn’t 187 in the classroom. Keeping it clean is everyone’s duty. We need to 188 learning. So we mustn’t bring our mobile phones to school.
Rules may seem strict, but they are good for us. They help us develop good habits. They teach us to be 189 and treat everyone with respect. Rules can help to make the world 190 . Nothing can be achieved without rules!
183．A．arrive B．leave C．study
184．A．playground B．hallway C．gym
185．A．safety B．health C．fun
186．A．jacket B．shirt C．uniform
187．A．sing B．litter C．talk
188．A．focus on B．work out C．take care of
189．A．happy B．smart C．polite
190．A．better B．safe C．quiet
十五、方法与哲理（本大题共5小题）
Life’s Lemonade
Steve seemed always silent and didn’t have any friend. His teacher Mr. Brown noticed this. One day, he asked Steve to 191 him after class. Mr. Brown said, “I see that you don’t talk to anyone. What’s wrong ” Steve replied, “Sir, I have a difficult 192 . I have to face some sad incidents (事件) and I keep thinking about them. Because of this, I can’t focus my attention on anything and don’t even feel like talking to anyone.”
Mr. Brown listened carefully, thought for a while and said, “Would you like some lemonade ” Steve felt a little 193 and nervously replied, “Yes, thank you!”
While preparing lemonade, Mr. Brown added more 194 on purpose and kept the amount (数量) of sugar low. Steve made a strange face as soon as he drank a bit of that lemonade. Seeing this, Mr. Brown asked, “You don’t like it ” “Um... There is just a little too much salt in it.” Steve answered.
Mr. Brown stopped him, “Oh, it doesn’t matter. I will throw it away.” As the teacher was 195 the glass to take it away, Steve stopped him and said, “Sir, please don’t throw it away. If we put a little more sugar in the lemonade, it will be fine to drink.”
Hearing this, Mr. Brown said 196 , “This is what I want to hear from you. We don’t need to remove (去除) the salt from lemonade to 197 its taste. We can just add some sugar to it. Similarly, we cannot remove sad things that have already happened to us, but we can add sweetness of good experiences to our life. If you keep on crying about your past, your present won’t be right and the future won’t be bright, either.”
Steve realized his problem and promised to live a 198 life. From then on, he tried to enjoy every day with more courage and hope. He began talking to classmates and sharing small laughs. He has learned that a little happiness can make everything taste better—if you remember to keep adding good memories.
191．A．teach B．help C．meet D．email
192．A．task B．tour C．life D．change
193．A．surprised B．tired C．bored D．ashamed
194．A．sugar B．salt C．water D．ice
195．A．breaking B．shaking C．filling D．lifting
196．A．politely B．excitedly C．nervously D．doubtfully
197．A．improve B．avoid C．imagine D．experience
198．A．balanced B．wealthy C．positive D．peaceful
I looked out at the smiling faces packed into the school gym. The applause filled my ears. I had done it. I had really done it! I found a new person inside me, a much more daring, outgoing person who had been hidden all along, just waiting for the 199 to emerge（出现）.
Just a few months earlier, it was impossible to 200 myself acting in a play in front of two hundred people. But without my teacher, Mrs. Sather, I couldn't get that opportunity.
In the first and second grade, I was extremely shy. But Mrs. Sather always 201 me.
One day, she announced, "Our class was going to 202 a play. Anybody, want to try "
A few excited hands shot up-mine, of course, was not one of them.
After school she stopped me and invited me for a talk. Puzzled, I followed her to her desk. She said, "I think you are 203 for the lead character. But I was surprised you didn't raise your hand."
Me, the lead Was she crazy
Mrs. Sather gazed into my eyes as if seeing my inner 204 locked away inside. "But I'd like you to give this a try for me, " she continued. "If you reach for the stars, you might at least grab a piece of the moon."
I realized it was time to throw off 205 and show the world who I really was. I looked Mrs. Sather right in her sparkling（闪亮的）blue eyes and said, "OK. I'll try."
In the following months, in spite of fears, I did everything I could to 8 I could do it in practice.
At the end of the play, when the audience applauded, I knew they were not just cheering for my performance that night, but for the performances they knew would come in later years because of my newfound confidence.
199．A. hero B. reason C. director D. opportunity
200．A. watch B. mind C. imagine D. remember
201．A. praised B. reminded C. comforted D. encouraged
202．A. perform B. write C. follow D. review
203．A. famous B. perfect C. responsible D. thankful
204．A. ability B. self C. beauty D. peace
205．A. pride B. patience C. shyness D. guard
206．A. prove B. discover C. expect D. test
请阅读下面语篇，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Sometimes it’s hard to be good with family. You may fight over little things, feel no one gets you, 206 not want to talk to them. These problems can make everyone sad.
One big problem is that people don’t say how they feel. Kids may think parents are too 207 , and parents don’t always listen well. Another problem is using phones too much instead of 208 to each other. This makes family relationships cold.
Here are some easy ways to make it 209 . First, talk more. Share your days or feelings with family. Short talks also help. Just ask “How was your day ” before dinner. Second, just listen when others speak. Don’t 210 in. Show you care. Third, do things together. Play games, cook or watch TV as a 211 . Last, respect each other’s thoughts. Even if you don’t 212 , stay calm and try to understand.
Family relationship is like a tree. Kind words and talks are the roots (根) that help it 213 . With patience and care, your family will be more loving.
206．A．because B．but C．and
207．A．kind B．strict C．friendly
208．A．talking B．studying C．reporting
209．A．worse B．brighter C．better
210．A．put B．cut C．turn
211．A．class B．grade C．family
212．A．agree B．succeed C．protect
213．A．walk B．grow C．train
Everyone told me I was crazy when I gave up my well-paid job. But it was the 214 decision of my whole life.
Back then, I was 27 years old. I had spent five years working as a salesman in a company in Chicago, US. My life didn’t look anything like what I always wanted it to be. It was time for a 215 .
I looked back on my life to discover my true 216 . I knew I wanted to live abroad and be free to discover more of the world I lived in.
To make a living while staying abroad, I decided to teach English. I joined a TEFL course to 217 the job. Moving abroad to be an English teacher wasn’t something people just did. It was 218 at first, but I trusted myself and went for it anyway.
Through teaching, I finally have the chance to 219 , which is so different from my last job. Together with my co-teachers, I have helped people make their dreams come true. One of our graduates (毕业生), Joan, sent us a handwritten note about how our 220 helped her do her job better. The most amazing moment was 221 one of our graduates came and started working with me as a teacher. It was like traveling back in time and seeing my own journey begin.
I have been teaching English in Thailand for about six years and I love every minute of it.
214．A．best B．biggest C．hardest
215．A．break B．celebration C．change
216．A．worry B．interest C．friend
217．A．learn from B．give up C．prepare for
218．A．easy B．scary C．possible
219．A．give B．relax C．travel
220．A．talent B．course C．advice
221．A．when B．how C．because
请阅读下面短文，理解其大意，然后从每小题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Tom had a bad toothache. His mother wanted to take him to the dentist’s (牙科诊所), but he 222 . He was afraid of the pain when the dentist had to extract (拔出) his tooth. Tom’s mother told him that if he did not visit the dentist, the pain would get 223 . At last, Tom had to agree.
There were not many people at the dentist’s. Soon, it was Tom’s turn. He walked nervously into the room and sat down. The dentist looked 224 and said hello to him with a smile. He asked Tom to 225 his mouth. And then he told Tom that he had to extract the bad tooth. The dentist gave Tom an injection (注射) and 226 him that he would not feel any pain.
Tom really did not feel any pain. Then the dentist advised Tom to brush his teeth twice a day and taught him the 227 way of brushing his teeth. He also told Tom not to eat too many sweet things 228 his teeth would be healthy.
After that, Tom 229 how important it was to protect his teeth.
222．A．relaxed B．refused C．nodded
223．A．nicer B．smaller C．worse
224．A．dangerous B．friendly C．careless
225．A．fill B．shut C．open
226．A．allowed B．asked C．promised
227．A．right B．brave C．weak
228．A．but B．so that C．whether
229．A．regretted B．hoped C．realized
参考答案
一、个人情况
【知识点】个人情况、记叙文
【答案】1．A 2．D 3．C 4．C 5．B 6．B 7．D 8．A
【分析】本文介绍了Tom和他的幸运T恤衫的故事。
【解析】1．句意：他会带给我好运。
luck运气；health健康；looks外貌；dreams梦想。根据标题“The Lucky T-shirt”可知此处指带来好运，故选A。
2．句意：亲爱的，你不需要那个衬衫，你很有天赋。
polite礼貌的；sweet甜蜜的；curious好奇的；talented有天赋的。根据“You paint well.”可知他画得好，因此是有天赋的，故选D。
3．句意：你为这次比赛练习的足够了吗？
know知道；relax放松；practice练习；experiment实验。根据“Do you...enough for this game ”及上下文可知是询问练习的足够了吗，故选C。
4．句意：只要想想你投入了多少努力到绘画中。
guess猜测；forget忘记；consider考虑；describe描述。根据“how much effort you put into painting”可知此处指想一想投入到绘画中的努力，故选C。
5．句意：汤姆深呼吸并开始画画。
waiting等待；painting画画；training训练；writing写作。根据文章开头“I will have a painting game next week”可知是要画画，故选B。
6．句意：他努力集中注意力，使用他学到的所有的技能。
words单词；skills技能；habits习惯；stories故事。根据“using all the...he learns”可知画画需要使用的是技能，故选B。
7．句意：“并且我没有穿我的红色T恤衫。”汤姆激动地说。
clearly清晰地；slowly缓慢地；kindly友善地；excitedly激动地。根据“I’m so surprised that I win!”可知他赢了应该是很激动，故选D。
8．句意：它们是成功的关键。
key关键；view看法；wish希望；love爱。the key to success “成功的关键”，故选A。
二、家庭、朋友与周围的人
【知识点】个人情况、朋友、记叙文
【答案】9．B 10．C 11．B 12．A 13．C
【分析】本文作者Peter介绍了自己和他的好朋友Hannah。
【解析】9．句意：她比我大一岁，但她比我矮。
old形容词原级；older形容词比较级；oldest形容词最高级。根据“than”可知，此处应使用形容词比较级，故选B。
10．句意：因为她吃得不好。
badly坏地；good好的；well好地。此处应用副词修饰动词，结合“but she’s shorter than me”可知，她吃得不好，故选C。
11．句意：我帮她做好番茄、苹果、橙子，她帮我做好胡萝卜。
finishes动词三单；finish动词原形；finishing动名词/现在分词。help sb do sth“帮助某人做某事”，故选B。
12．句意：我家有三把吉他，一架钢琴和两把长笛。
There那儿；They他们；Those那些。根据“...are three guitars, a piano and two flutes (笛子) in my home.”可知，此处是There be句型，故选A。
13．句意：我们总是可以玩得很开心。
one一个；many许多，修饰可数名词复数；lots of许多。“fun”是不可数名词，故选C。
三、日常活动
【知识点】家人和亲人、日常活动、记叙文
【答案】14．C 15．B 16．A 17．C 18．B
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者的祖父母有一个农场以及他们在农场的日常生活。
【解析】14．句意：他们有一个小农场。
garden花园；house房子；farm农场。根据“Some cows, horses, chickens and two working dogs are on it. They want to buy some sheep and pigs, too.”可知，是农场，故选C。
15．句意：他们吃不同的食物，爷爷不得不小心。
friendly友好的；careful小心的；lovely可爱的。根据“He can’t give them the wrong food.”可知，他不能给他们错误的食物，所以要小心，故选B。
16．句意：奶奶起床后，喜欢给两匹马洗个澡。
gets up起床；stands up起立；looks up查阅。根据“After Grandma..., she loves giving the two horses a nice shower (沐浴).”可知，奶奶起床后给两匹马洗澡，故选A。
17．句意：但它们永远不会挡住马的路。
often经常；sometimes有时；never从不。根据“When Grandma rides the horse, the two working dogs walk around the horse and watch them. But they are...in the horse’s way (挡住马的路).”可知，当奶奶骑马时，两只工作犬绕着马走，但它们永远不会挡住马的路。故选C。
18．句意：我可以做同样的事情，我的祖父母在那里，我总是过得很有趣。
great极好的；interesting有趣的；happy开心的。根据“I can do the same things as my grandparents there and I always have an...time.”可知，an修饰以元音音素开头的单词，故选B。
四、个人兴趣
【知识点】说明文、阅读
【答案】19．B 20．C 21．D 22．A 23．D
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者对阅读的热爱，并通过阅读给孩子带来乐趣和想象力，强调了阅读带来的奇妙体验。
【详解】19．句意为：我认为阅读的神奇之处在于，当你拿起一本书，你会认识新的人，参观不同的地方，并体验新的事物。
put down 放下；pick up 拿起；bring in 带入；give out 发放。根据“ I think the magic of reading is that when you...a book, you get to meet new people”可知，介绍的是阅读的神奇之处，结合备选项，应是说拿起一本书。故选B。
20．句意为：我认为阅读的神奇之处在于，当你拿起一本书，你会认识新的人，参观不同的地方，并体验新的事物。
successful 成功的；natural 自然的；fresh 新鲜的；necessary 必需的。根据“get to meet new people, visit different places, and experience ... things”可知，阅读带来的是新的体验，故选C。
21．句意为：有很多图画书，我喜欢读给我的小女儿莱拉听。
regret 后悔；avoid 避免；practice 练习；enjoy 喜欢。根据“All my family love reading.”可知，作者喜欢读书，所以应是喜欢读给女儿听。故选D。
22．句意为：我还读了一些有趣的故事给她听，并为故事中的角色配音。
funny 有趣的；easy 简单的；short 短的；crazy 疯狂的。根据“She always laughs at my action”可知，故事应是有趣的。故选A。
23．句意为：读书可以带她去任何她能想到的地方。
Writing 写作；Visiting 造访；Laughing 笑；Reading 阅读。全文阅都在讲述阅读的魔力，故选D。
五、情感与情绪
【知识点】其他人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】24．A 25．B 26．D 27．B 28．A 29．D 30．D 31．C
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者通过帮助孤独的邻居Mr. Brown遛狗，不仅为Mr. Brown带来了欢乐，也丰富了自己的生活，体现了邻里之间的互助和温情。
【解析】24．句意：他的儿子和女儿住在另一个城市，所以他们不能经常来看他。
see探望；call打电话；leave离开；need需要。根据“His son and daughter live in another city”可知，他的子女住在另一个城市，所以不能经常看望他。故选A。
25．句意：他还很孤独。
scared害怕的；lonely孤独的；excited兴奋的；relaxed放松的。根据“Mr. Brown lives alone.”可知，他独自居住，所以此处是指他通常会感到孤独。故选B。
26．句意：我高兴地答应了。
slowly慢慢地；seriously严肃地；quietly安静地；happily高兴地。根据“The dog likes the game very much and I like it, too. Both of us are happy.”可知，作者和狗相处很愉快，所以此处是指作者是很乐意地答应帮忙的。故选D。
27．句意：每天早上上学前，我都会去布朗先生的家，把他的狗带到外面去散步。
son儿子；dog狗；neighbor邻居；daughter女儿。根据“he has a dog and it brings him some joy. But it needs taking a walk every day.”可知，布朗先生有一只狗，每天需要遛狗，所以这里是指作者去布朗先生家带他的狗出来散步。故选B。
28．句意：这个简单的活动给我们带来了很多乐趣。
joy快乐；trouble麻烦；care关心；influence影响。根据“The dog likes the game very much and I like it, too. Both of us are happy.”可知，作者和狗一起玩游戏，双方都很开心，所以此处是指这个简单的活动带来了很多快乐。故选A。
29．句意：为了感谢我的帮助，布朗先生经常给我一些美味的糖果。
games游戏；ideas想法；advice建议；help帮助。作者帮布朗先生遛狗，这是一种帮助行为，所以布朗先生为了感谢作者的帮助，会给作者一些美味的糖果。故选D。
30．句意：这个小举动温暖了布朗先生的心，也让我的日子充满了快乐。
shocks使震惊；bores使厌烦；surprises使惊讶；warms使……温暖。根据“I really hope for these little rewards and feel good about being able to make a difference in Mr. Brown’s life.”可知，作者帮助布朗先生遛狗这件小事给布朗先生的生活带来一些改变，让独自生活且孤独的他感受到了温暖。故选D。
31．句意：这个小举动温暖了布朗先生的心，也让我的日子充满了快乐。
madness疯狂；nervousness紧张；happiness快乐；hopefulness充满希望。根据“Both of us are happy. This simple activity brings so much…to both of us.”可知，作者在帮助布朗先生的过程中，自己也和狗玩得很开心，所以此处是指这件事让作者的日子充满了 快乐。故选C。
【知识点】情感与情绪、说明文
【答案】
32．A
33．B
34．C
35．A
36．B
37．C
38．B
39．A
【详解】
32．句意：即使你不做任何运动，每天在公园里待20分钟也会让你感觉更好，不那么担心。
better更好的；worse更糟的；sadder更难过的。根据“and less worried”可知，此处表示每天在公园里待20分钟所带来的好处，A项符合。故选A。
33．句意：两项研究表明，公园对我们有好处。
surveys调查；studies研究；speeches演讲。根据下文“One study…”以及“Another study…”可知，此处指研究。故选B。
34．句意：为了减轻压力，试着花20到30分钟在大自然中。
stop停止；mind介意；try尝试。根据上文“One study from the University of Michigan found that spending at least 20 minutes walking or sitting where you can see trees or grass helps reduce stress (减轻压力).”可知，在可以看到树木或草地的地方步行或坐至少20分钟有助于减轻压力，所以此处建议花20到30分钟在大自然中，C项符合。故选C。
35．句意：参观后，游客们感到更快乐。
Visitors游客，参观者；Reporters记者；Teachers老师。根据“after their visit”可知，此处指参观者。故选A。
36．句意：伦敦国王学院的一项研究发现，看树、听鸟叫声或感受天空等户外活动可以改变你的情绪。
looking after照顾；looking at看；looking for寻找。根据“A study from King’s College London found that outdoor activities like…trees, hearing birds, or feeling the sky can change your mood.”的语境并结合选项可知，此处指看树这一户外活动。故选B。
37．句意：这些美好的感觉可以持续几个小时。
wait等待；work工作；last持续。根据“These good feelings can…for hours.”的语境并结合选项可知，此处指持续的时长，C项符合。故选C。
38．句意：丹麦的一项研究发现，居住在绿地附近的儿童长大后心理健康问题较少。
because因为；when当……时候；until直到。根据“children who live near green spaces have fewer mental health (心理健康) problems…they grow up”的语境可知，此处指这些孩子们长大后心理健康问题较少，when符合。故选B。
39．句意：随着越来越多的人居住在城市，拥有公园很重要。
important重要的；difficult困难的；boring无聊的。根据下文“Green spaces help everyone feel happier and healthier.”可知，此处指公园的重要性，A项符合。故选A。
【知识点】个人经历、其他人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】40．B 41．A 42．D 43．C 44．D 45．B 46．A 47．C
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者为邻居布朗太太烤饼干，用善意温暖他人的故事。
【详解】40．句意为：我想起了我的邻居布朗太太，她似乎总是有点孤独。
happy快乐的；lonely孤独的；busy忙碌的；lively活泼的。根据“She was an elderly lady living alone, with her husband gone and children far away.”可知，她似乎总是有点孤独。故选B。
41．句意为：我决定为布朗太太烤饼干。
cookies饼干；cakes蛋糕；pies馅饼；breads面包。根据“With my cookies in a pretty box, I went to Mrs. Brown’s house.”可知，决定为布朗太太烤饼干。故选A。
42．句意为：我敲她的门时感到有点紧张。
excited兴奋的；angry生气的；confident自信的；nervous紧张的。根据“What if she didn’t like my cookies ”可知，敲门时有点紧张。故选D。
43．句意为：她打开门，看到我时显得很惊讶。
bored无聊的；tired疲惫的；surprised惊讶的；relaxed放松的。根据“She opened the door and looked”及上文可知，“我”是突然到访的，所以她打开门应是很惊讶。故选C。
44．句意为：然后，她分享了过去的故事。
wrote写；found发现；read阅读；shared分享。根据“stories from her past”可知，是分享了过去的故事。故选D。
45．句意为：我觉得和她有一种联系，就像我们是两个分享秘密的朋友。
humor幽默；connection联系；purpose目的；safety安全。根据“like we were two friends sharing secrets”可知，觉得“我”和她有一种联系。故选B。
46．句意为：她的眼睛有点模糊，我看得出来我的来访让她很开心。
made使，让；planned计划；spent花费；started开始。根据“Before I left, she hugged me tightly (紧紧地) and said, ‘Thank you for thinking of me. It means so much to have a kind neighbor like you.’”可知，“我”的来访让她很开心。make one’s day“使某人开心”。故选A。
47．句意为：我高兴地走回家，知道一个小小的善举可以带来很大的改变。
courage勇气；patience耐心；kindness善意；respect尊重。根据“It means so much to have a kind neighbor like you.”可知，小小的善举可以带来很大的改变。故选C。
【知识点】个人经历、家人和亲人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】48．A 49．D 50．A 51．C 52．C 53．B 54．B 55．D
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了罗茜和父亲之间关于睡前故事的感人故事。
【解析】48．句意：她爸爸总是给她讲故事。
told告诉、讲述；wrote写；emailed发邮件；recorded记录。根据“Sometimes, he told fairy tales. Sometimes, he told animal stories. And sometimes, he told sports stories.”可知，此处应是讲故事。故选A。
49．句意：罗茜迫不及待地想听爸爸的下一个故事。
stop停止；want想要；hope希望；wait等待。根据“Her dad always ... her stories.”可知，罗茜一直听爸爸讲故事，所以应是迫不及待想听下一个故事。故选D。
50．句意：所以妈妈给罗茜讲了一个故事。
mom妈妈；dad爸爸；grandma奶奶；grandpa爷爷。根据“Mom told Rosie. ‘But I can tell you a story if you want me to.’”可知，此处应是妈妈讲故事。故选A。
51．句意：她感到伤心。
nervous紧张的；happy高兴的；sad伤心的；angry生气的。根据“She didn’t want dad to be sick, and she missed story time with dad.”可知，爸爸生病了，罗茜应是伤心的。故选C。
52．句意：她想也许爸爸也想念讲故事的时间。
hated讨厌；liked喜欢；missed想念；prepared准备。根据上文“she missed story time with dad”和“too”可知，爸爸和她一样想念睡前讲故事的时间。故选C。
53．句意：当罗茜打开门时，爸爸虚弱地笑了。
cried哭；smiled微笑；walked走；jumped跳。根据前文可知爸爸生病了，看到了罗茜进来，此处应是微笑。故选B。
54．句意：我要给你们讲个故事。
idea主意；story故事；joke玩笑；event事件。根据“So Rosie told dad a story about a castle, a dragon, and a princess.”可知，罗茜讲的是故事。故选B。
55．句意：“快点好起来，爸爸，”罗茜低声说。
slowly慢地；noisily吵闹地；luckily幸运地；quickly快速地。根据“Get well ...”可知，爸爸生病了，此处应是快点好起来。故选D。
六、学校活动
【知识点】学校、学校活动、说明文
【答案】56．C 57．B 58．A 59．B 60．C 61．A 62．D 63．A
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者的初中生活。
【解析】56．句意：我每天有几个课程？
What什么；Which哪个；How many多少；How much多少钱。根据“I have seven!”可知，询问有几节课，故选C。
57．句意：老师通常通过玩游戏来教我们。
play玩，动词原形；playing玩，现在分词或动名词；plays玩，三单形式；played玩，过去式或过去分词。根据“by”可知，后接动名词，故选B。
58．句意：这是非常令人兴奋的。
exciting令人兴奋的，形容词；excited兴奋的，形容词；excitedly兴奋地，副词；excitement兴奋，名词。根据“It is very”可知，形容词作表语，修饰物，故选A。
59．句意：但是我必须尽快回到课堂上，因为休息时间在上午10:10结束！
end结束，动词原形；ends结束，三单形式；ended结束，过去式或过去分词；will end一般将来时。根据“at 10:10 a.m.”可知，在10点10分结束，宜用一般现在时，主语单数，故选B。
60．句意：中午，我们去食堂吃午餐。
In在……里；On在……上；At在；By通过。根据“noon”可知，at noon“在中午”，故选C。
61．句意：那里的食物很美味，我通常喜欢品尝一些！
soup汤；noodle面条；dumpling饺子；sandwich三明治。根据“some”可知，后接可数名词复数或者不可数名词，故选A。
62．句意：我们下个月将加入学校比赛。
join in参加，动词原形；are joining in参加，现在进行时；joined in参加，过去式；are going to join in参加，一般将来时。根据“next month”可知，句子时态是一般将来时，故选D。
63．句意：我在学校度过了愉快的时光，并珍惜它的每一刻。
a用于辅音音素前；an用于元音音素前；the定冠词；/零冠词。have a great time“玩得开心”，故选A。
七、人际交往
【知识点】人际交往、记叙文
【答案】
64．C
65．B
66．A
67．C
68．A
69．B
70．D
71．D
【知识点】个人经历、人际交往、记叙文
【答案】72．B 73．B 74．C 75．B 76．B 77．C 78．A
【分析】本文讲述作者与贫困女士Rose的友谊，通过一次餐厅的经历体现人与人之间的温情互助。
【详解】72．句意为：她没有孩子，并且独自生活。
far遥远地；alone独自；hard努力地。根据“She had no children”可推知，她应是独自生活。故选B。
73．句意为：在路上，我开始担心起来。
laugh笑；worry担心；cry哭。根据下文“I knew she had less money, but if I offered (主动提出) to...lunch, I was afraid I would hurt her.”可知，“我”很担心。故选B。
74．句意为：我知道她钱不多，但如果我主动提出买午饭，又担心会伤害到她。
have有；ask询问；buy买。根据“I knew she had less money, but if I offered (主动提出) to...lunch”可知，“我”知道她钱不多，所以此处应是指“我主动提出买午饭”，即请客。故选C。
75．句意为：然后我们开始一起吃这些美味的食物。
drank喝；eat吃；make制作。根据“After about 20 minutes, she came out with some food and sat with me. Then we started to...the delicious food together.”可知，菜端上来了，此处指吃美味的食物。故选B。
76．句意为：她说，这家餐厅允许没钱的人通过干活来换取一顿饭，要是有人无法工作，餐厅也会给他们提供免费的餐食。
happy开心的；able有能力的；ready准备好的，乐意的。根据“the restaurant let people work for a meal if they had no money, or would give them a free meal if they were not...to work”可知，要是有人没有能力去工作，餐厅会给他们提供免费的餐食。故选B。
77．句意为：我依然记得和罗丝一起度过的那个美好的下午，而她是通过自己的劳动为那顿餐食付了钱。
dreamed梦想；wondered想知道；remembered记得。根据“I still...the beautiful afternoon I shared with Rose”可知，依然记得和罗丝一起度过的那个美好的下午。故选C。
78．句意为：生活对我们而言可能并不容易，但我们仍然可以为朋友和邻居做些事情。
something某事；anything任何事物；everything每件事物。根据“Life can not be easy to us, but we can still do...for our friends and neighbors (邻居).”可知，尽管生活不易，但仍能为他人做些什么，something符合语境。故选A。
【知识点】人际交往、家人和亲人、记叙文
【答案】79．A 80．B 81．D 82．C 83．D 84．A 85．C 86．A
【分析】本文主要通过作者用吸盘篮球框逗笑妹妹却留下额头印记的幽默故事，传递了一个人生教训：面对尴尬或困境时，最好的方式是坦然接受并幽默应对，这样反而能拉近与他人的关系。
【详解】79．句意为：起初，我试图用莉莉最喜欢的拼图来取悦她，但过了一会儿她就厌倦了。
please使愉快；surprise使惊讶；disappoint使失望；frighten害怕。根据“At first, I tried to…Lilly with her favorite puzzle, but she got bored after a while.”可知，此处指用莉莉最喜欢的拼图来取悦她。故选A。
80．句意为：我需要2025--2026年最新人教版中考英语完形填空【10空】分类基础提高综合练习【 含答案 word版】
一、人与自我（本大题共6小题）
Last Saturday, the weather was sunny. Lucy and her brother Tom went to the 1 to play. They took some delicious food and juice for lunch.
They 2 happily for hours. They did a lot of fun and exciting activities. Now it was already twelve o’clock. The sun was shining 3 . They were thirsty and hungry. So they decided to 4 their lunch. When they found a good place to rest, they saw an old man 5 on the chair near them. He looked tired and hungry. Lucy felt 6 for him and said to Tom, “Let’s share our food with him.” Tom 7 .
They walked to the old man and asked, “Sir, would you like some 8 ” The old man smiled and said, “Thank you. You are so 9 ”.
While eating, the old man told them he was a music teacher. Lucy was glad to hear that 10 she loved music, too. They started an enjoyable conversation. The old man even gave her a small lesson before leaving.
The next day, Lucy went to the park again, but the old man wasn’t there. She hoped to see him some day.
1．A．farm B．zoo C．park D．beach
2．A．played B．studied C．cried D．rested
3．A．suddenly B．brightly C．slowly D．heavily
4．A．sell B．create C．waste D．enjoy
5．A．singing B．jogging C．sitting D．dancing
6．A．sorry B．lucky C．cool D．happy
7．A．won B．agreed C．left D．lied
8．A．luck B．money C．trick D．food
9．A．kind B．quiet C．rich D．young
10．A．although B．once C．because D．only if
Dear Tom,
How are you Thanks for your last letter. I’m enjoying 11 in Greenhill Village. There is a big 12 near my home. It’s just 13 the left of the park, so my mother often buys vegetables there. There is also a library here. I like to 14 books there on weekends. But my favorite place is the zoo. To 15 there, I usually ride my bike for ten minutes.
My home is not 16 from my school. Every morning, I leave home at 7:00 and walk to school. It is about a 15-minute walk. I like walking to school. I think walking is a good way to 17 and it is good for our health.
On Sunday afternoon, my parents and I usually eat 18 at “Sunny Restaurant”. There are many restaurants here, but we love this one best. The owner, Mrs. Lee, is very 19 . And the food in her restaurant is very delicious. So lots of people like to have dinner there. I’d love to show you 20 this beautiful village. Can you come to see me when you’re free
Yours,
Mike
11．A．studying B．working C．living
12．A．restaurant B．supermarket C．hospital
13．A．on B．at C．in
14．A．sell B．write C．read
15．A．gets B．get C．getting
16．A．far B．near C．quiet
17．A．spirit B．exercise C．sleep
18．A．up B．down C．out
19．A．friendly B．strict C．untidy
20．A．over B．around C．past
My grandfather often said “I won’t” to show his dislike of dishonesty (不诚实).
When he was young, he worked 21 a furniture (家具) maker. One day, a neighbor invited him to make some furniture. When arriving, he noticed the neighbor 22 some wet wood, so he said, “I won’t start right away.” He chose to let the wood dry for a month. He knew working with wet wood could cause 23 later on.
At the same time, another furniture maker was also asked for a 24 job by a different family. Unlike my grandfather, he began working right away. As a result, the neighbor started thinking my grandfather was trying to make more money by 25 the work. However, my grandfather waited 26 . A month later, my grandfather began to make strong and beautiful furniture when the wood was 27 dry. A few months passed and the furniture made by that maker began to 28 . The neighbor then felt sorry that he didn’t trust my grandfather. People came to understand his honesty and skills and my grandfather was famous all over the town.
Taking after my grandfather, my father also follows the value (价值观) of “I won’t”. He always offers the freshest food and it makes his restaurant very popular in town. Once one man wanted to sell some cheap but smelly seafood to my father, he said “No!” and stopped the 29 . Now, my brother and I keep in our 30 what our grandfather and father taught us—be truthful and honest.
21．A．like B．for C．as D．with
22．A．served B．passed C．used D．provided
23．A．accidents B．illness C．events D．trouble
24．A．same B．different C．similar D．special
25．A．cutting out B．taking down C．giving up D．putting off
26．A．excitedly B．quietly C．sadly D．worriedly
27．A．completely B．suddenly C．typically D．usually
28．A．break B．drop C．carry D．waste
29．A．trade B．competition C．fight D．communication
30．A．finger B．mind C．body D．head
In a small village, there used to be two friends whose ages were 12 and 6. The name of the 12-year-old was John and the 6-year-old was Sam. John is twice heavier than Sam.
One day they ran into a 31 and played hide-and-seek there. 32 , John fell into a hole. He started shouting for help. Sam ran to John 33 . Without wasting (浪费) a minute, he got a rope and gave one end to John and asked him to hold on to it. Sam tried very hard and pulled John out from the hole. Both of them cried, smiled and then walked 34 home.
Since Sam and John were away for a long time, their parents got 35 . All the villagers started to help look for the children. When Sam and John finally arrived back in the village, 36 was excited. Their parents hugged (拥抱) them and asked 37 they had gone.
John told the villagers what had happened in the forest. One woman asked, “How can you help a person who is double your age and weight ” Then Sam replied, “I used a rope.” 38 , almost no villagers believed him. They 39 and thought Sam told the story to them.
Among the crowd was a 40 old man. He said that everything Sam said was factual (真实的). A woman asked, “How was he able to do that ” The old man replied, “That’s because there was no one there to tell Sam ‘you can’t do it.’”
31．A．house B．forest C．room
32．A．Especially B．Suddenly C．Finally
33．A．at once B．at least C．at last
34．A．to B．at C．back
35．A．angry B．surprised C．worried
36．A．everyone B．someone C．no one
37．A．when B．where C．how
38．A．Though B．And C．However
39．A．cried B．laughed C．feared
40．A．clever B．silent C．sick
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出能填入短文相应空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Walk has no friends in the village. She doesn’t feel as if she 41 here—kids around often play tricks on her and laugh at her name.
This morning, Walk comes to the river and calls, “Dear river, you are so 42 —ducks, fish and plants are always with you!” She then 43 some stones and tries to skip (打水漂) them across the river. However, it’s too hard!
Finally, the girl chooses a 44 stone, “OK! I’ll give it one last try! I’ll wish for a friend if I can make it!”
The stone skips once, twice...Finally, on the seventh skip, it makes a great success! Walk can 45 believe(相信) her eyes!
A sob (啜泣) suddenly comes and Walk notices a little girl hanging around. “What’s wrong with you ” Walk walks over and asks.
“I lost my way,” says the girl, “I’m new here and all the houses just look 46 .”
“Don’t worry!” Walk says, “I’ll send you back home!”
“That’s nice of you!”
47 behind, the girl asks, “May I know your name ” “Emm...I’m Walk.”
“Walk ” the girl laughs. This makes Walk feel 48 .
“ 49 me!” the girl now says, “But it’s funny because my name is Run!”
Feeling surprised, Walk 50 into laughter too. Then she hears the girl say, “I think Walk and Run can be good friends, right ”
“Sure!” Walk smiles
41．A．treats B．belongs C．leaves
42．A．polite B．playful C．lucky
43．A．works out B．picks up C．cuts down
44．A．perfect B．tidy C．soft
45．A．seldom B．always C．hardly
46．A．similar B．strong C．untidy
47．A．Feeding B．Following C．Practising
48．A．excited B．relaxed C．awful
49．A．Respect B．Excuse C．Laugh
50．A．fits B．cuts C．breaks
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项。
My 12-year-old daughter is smart, but she had never read a full book for pleasure. She read books for school, but getting her to do it was like 51 . On her own, she only read a few comic books. None of these helped her develop the habit of deep reading—with both eyes on the page and 52 else going on.
I felt like I had failed as a 53 . As a book lover, I had no trouble explaining the importance of reading, but failed to 54 the joy of it to my own child. I told her novels help her understand how people think. She 55 that social media could teach her the same thing. I said reading helps us understand ourselves. She replied, “No, thanks. I’ll just live.” I suggested filling her room with her favourite books, but she said, “Mama, welcome to your 56 —it’s not mine.”
I couldn’t win our debates (辩论). Most of her arguments against reading didn’t seem 57 to me. Finally, I decided to give up my lectures and offered her $100 to finish reading Charlie and the Chocolate Factory in a month. She was really surprised and then said yes 58 .
During an eight-day beach holiday, she finished the book before the seventh day. When we got home, she asked for another Roald Dahl book and finished it in two weeks—without asking for more 59 .
Will this lead to her picking up more good books and a lifelong love of reading I don’t know. But I’ve opened a door to the printed page—a 60 , personal place that I hope will serve her for a lifetime. That $100 feels like the best money I’ve ever spent.
51．A．closing eyes B．raising hands C．pulling teeth D．touching ears
52．A．something B．anything C．everything D．nothing
53．A．writer B．parent C．lover D．person
54．A．set off B．pass on C．show off D．hold on
55．A．argued B．accepted C．promised D．realized
56．A．home B．dream C．palace D．island
57．A．educational B．correct C．helpful D．wrong
58．A．sadly B．seriously C．happily D．patiently
59．A．help B．time C．money D．permission
60．A．quiet B．funny C．noisy D．hidden
二、人与社会（本大题共22小题）
阅读下面短文，理解大意，然后从各小题的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，使短文连贯完整。
I’m having a great time with my host family in France. I was nervous before I 61 here, but there was no need to be. My host family is really nice. Miss Green always talks to me in French to help me practice. So my French has 62 a lot. I still make lots of 63 , but I don’t worry as 64 as I used to.
My biggest problem of all is learning how to act at the dinner table. Things are very different 65 the way they’re at home. For example, you shouldn’t put your elbows (肘) on the table. When I first arrived here, I thought that was quite 66 . But now I’m used to it. Another 67 is that it’s not very 68 to say you’re full. If you don’t want any more 69 , you should just say, “That was delicious.” I find it difficult to remember everything, but I’m getting used to it. I don’t find 70 customs (习俗) so strange any more.
61．A．arrived B．left C．hid D．created
62．A．prepared B．wasted C．trusted D．improved
63．A．mistakes B．friends C．deals D．money
64．A．few B．bit C．much D．little
65．A．with B．from C．for D．of
66．A．large B．strange C．similar D．simple
67．A．grammar B．reason C．result D．example
68．A．dangerous B．honest C．polite D．rude
69．A．food B．courage C．pride D．hope
70．A．Australian B．British C．French D．Japanese
阅读下面短文，从每小题所给的选项中，选出最佳答案。
Every day, Debra goes to the library after school. Debra loves to 71 and know about the world through books. Mr. Johnson, a worker there, often shows some 72 books to Debra. One Monday, he handed her a science book about forest animals. “This might seem difficult at first,” he said, “but if you keep reading it, you can learn a lot and it can help you 73 your reading skills (技巧).”
Then 74 her library visit, Debra goes to the park. She meets her friends there. They play table tennis, climb trees and share stories of their school day.
On Tuesdays and Thursdays, Debra has 75 class. Her teacher teaches her to draw and paint. She is 76 it. Her parents proudly (自豪地) show her wonderful artwork at home.
Friday afternoons are for community service (社区服务). Debra, along with other students, visits the animal shelter (收容所). Sometimes these teenagers 77 notices around the community. They feed dogs and do some cleaning 78 complaining (抱怨). She loves spending time with the animals and helping to find new homes for them.
Debra’s after-school activities bring her too much 79 and teach her a lot of useful life lessons. They are the satisfaction of reading, the 80 of friendship, and the happiness of giving back to the community.
71．A．read B．draw C．write D．speak
72．A．easy B．popular C．traditional D．educational
73．A．lose B．improve C．expect D．accept
74．A．until B．after C．before D．during
75．A．music B．math C．art D．history
76．A．afraid of B．good at C．ready for D．busy with
77．A．give up B．give away C．hand out D．put off
78．A．with B．for C．without D．about
79．A．joy B．time C．money D．advice
80．A．advice B．reason C．surprise D．importance
Rick, a school boy, had a love for playing video games.Every day, his 　1　 reminded him to take some exercise instead of playing video games.However, he didn’t always 　2　.
Once again, Rick’s mom told him seriously that his eyesight (视力) might get poor if he spent too much time on video games.It was a pity that he still didn’t listen 　3　.He kept playing.One day, during a math class, Rick’s teacher got upset when he couldn’t give an answer to a question like “2+2= ”.After class, the teacher asked him why he couldn’t solve such a 　4　 problem.Rick said that he knew the answer 　5　 couldn’t see the board clearly.His teacher was worried and 　6　 his parents.
Realizing what had happened, Rick’s mom warned him again that it was harmful to his 　7　 to play video games too much.And Rick’s dad took him to an eye doctor for a check up.The 　8　 showed that his eyesight had weakened.After asking about his habit of using eyes, the doctor advised Rick to take action to protect his eyes.
From that day on, Rick decided to 　9　 playing video games and take some exercise every day.Later Rick fell in love with sports and 　10　 his school soccer team.Now he has become stronger and healthier.His eyesight has also got better.
81．A．friends B．parents C．teachers D．coaches
82．A．listen B．guess C．report D．search
83．A．clearly B．bravely C．patiently D．correctly
84．A．single B．similar C．special D．simple
85．A．or B．so C．but D．and
86．A．phoned B．followed C．answered D．accepted
87．A．ears B．eyes C．arms D．hands
88．A．cost B．name C．date D．test
89．A．give up B．fight for C．depend on D．believe in
90．A．joined B．managed C．supported D．introduced
Children are always full of wild and wonderful ideas. In our school, there’s a 1 boy named Tom. One day, he happened to see the poster for the school’s 10th Science and Technology Competition. Right away, he couldn’t wait to take part in it 2 he finally got a chance (机会) to put his ideas into practice.
Tom decided to make a smart 3 . When his classmate Jack saw it, he cried 4 , “Tom, it looks super cool! What is it ” Tom replied happily, “It’s my secret weapon! Watch closely. As soon as rain falls on it, a transparent cover (透明罩子) will quickly unfold (展开) and fully cover the user, keeping him or her 5 .” Jack was doubtful and said, “Are you sure it will work during the competition Seems quite difficult.” Tom shrugged his shoulders and said, “Of course! I will prepare well 6 it.”
7 , during the testing, things didn’t go as planned. The hat got jammed (卡住了), and Tom was really worried. Jack said, “ 8 told you so.” But Tom didn’t give up. He decided to check every step carefully to 9 what went wrong.
After many sleepless nights, the big day of the competition arrived. Tom walked onto the stage and introduced his hat confidently. When the cover opened automatically (自动地 ), everyone cheered for him. In the end, Tom 10 the first prize! His story shows that with ability and determination, we can achieve success.
91．A．friendly B．serious C．quiet D．creative
92．A．although B．because C．so D．if
93．A．umbrella B．box C．hat D．coat
94．A．sadly B．excitedly C．angrily D．quietly
95．A．cold B．ready C．dry D．happy
96．A．of B．in C．with D．for
97．A．Firstly B．Finally C．Luckily D．However
98．A．I B．They C．He D．She
99．A．bring out B．find out C．break out D．run out
100．A．won B．missed C．kept D．lost
Today is the 5th day of the fifth lunar month. It is the Dragon Boat Festival, a(n) 101 festival in China. Students don’t go to school and parents don’t work this day. It is 9:00 in the morning. My grandma and my mother are 102 Zongzi. Zongzi is my favorite food because it is delicious.
The custom (习俗) of eating Zongzi is to remember Qu Yuan. My grandpa is reading a newspaper in the living room. He likes 103 tea when reading. My father is making fish 104 . He is good at making soup and we all like his soup.
Where are my sister and I We are shopping at the 105 . My American friend, John, lives in China and studies in the same school as me. So I ask 106 to join us for lunch. Now I’m talking on WeChat (微信) 107 him.
After lunch, we will go to watch the dragon boat 108 in our town. Having the dragon boat race is also to remember Qu Yuan. It is a very 109 game. Many people like it. Everyone is having a good 110 on this special festival.
101．A．scary B．important C．funny D．friendly
102．A．making B．playing C．cutting D．drinking
103．A．brushing B．drinking C．washing D．showing
104．A．juice B．water C．soup D．tea
105．A．zoo B．park C．library D．supermarket
106．A．her B．him C．it D．me
107．A．for B．with C．of D．from
108．A．race B．movie C．kind D．rule
109．A．easy B．difficult C．boring D．meaningful
110．A．time B．meal C．class D．trip
The 2025 CCTV Spring Festival Gala brought a wonderful performance that combined technology and tradition. It was the show of “YangBOT”. Directed by famous filmmaker Zhang Yimou, the show mixed traditional Chinese yangko dance with modern robot technology. A group of humanoid robots 111 by a famous Chinese technology company became the focus. These robots were special because they were carefully programmed to do the lively yangko dance which is a 112 Chinese folk art.
To get ready for this great show, the robots 113 hard. They used 114 artificial intelligence to learn every movement of the dance. Their bodies had 115 joints (关节) and good sensors (传感器), so they could move 116 and accurately, even on the uneven (不平的) stage.
The audience was really surprised when they saw the robots 117 the colorful handkerchiefs while dancing, just like real dancers. The show was very successful and soon became a hot 118 on social media. Young people thought it was 119 and very interesting, while the older people also 120 its special charm and the good mix of modern and traditional things. As one fan said, “It’s like watching the future and past dance together!”
111．A．made B．found C．supported
112．A．well-done B．well-behaved C．well-known
113．A．remembered B．practiced C．thought
114．A．new B．old C．simple
115．A．strong B．bad C．weak
116．A．quickly B．slowly C．smoothly
117．A．turn B．spin C．hold
118．A．link B．method C．hit
119．A．boring B．cool C．bad
120．A．liked B．dislike C．hated
Bill, a 15-year-old boy. He thought he was a man. But his 121 told him, “When you begin to 122 helping others, you will be a real man.”
One morning, his parents gave him some money to buy some milk for them. Outside a shop he saw an old man. The old man didn’t look very well. Bill went to him and asked, “ 123 are you Is there anything I can do 124 you ” The man answered, “I don’t have money to buy any food. I’m very 125 .” Bill thought of his parents’ words and said to the man, “Let’s go to the restaurant to get something to eat.” When they 126 there, Bill asked the waiter to bring out some delicious bread and milk to the old man. The old man finished the meal 127 . After the waiter took away the plate and the cup, the old man said, “I’m really sorry for giving 128 so much trouble (麻烦). I’m fine now. I’ll never forget what you do for me! You are a very good young man.”
Bill was happy. When he decided 129 for the food, the waiter came. He said that day was Mr. Smith’s thirty-sixth birthday. Mr. Smith was the boss (老板) of the restaurant. 130 the food was free.
121．A．parents B．friends C．classmates D．teachers
122．A．think up B．think back C．think about D．think out
123．A．What B．Where C．When D．How
124．A．in B．to C．for D．with
125．A．terrible B．hungry C．dangerous D．healthy
126．A．ordered B．tasted C．arrived D．saved
127．A．quickly B．suddenly C．quietly D．heavily
128．A．her B．him C．them D．you
129．A．pay B．to pay C．paying D．pays
130．A．So B．But C．If D．Because
Once, there was a boy who had lots of bad habits. His father had no idea about 131 to do, so he asked a clever old man for help.
The old man said 132 but took the son for a slow walk through a garden. There were lots of plants in it. Suddenly, the old man stopped in front of a small plant and told the boy to pull it out. The boy held the plant between his two fingers and 133 pulled it out. It was just a piece of cake for him. The old man then asked him to pull out a 134 plant. The boy pulled hard and the plant 135 with the roots (根) and all. He was happy and wanted to pull out another one. For the boy, it was like an interesting competition with the old man and he didn’t want to 136 . That’s why he tried to pull as hard as he could. In the end, the old man pointed to a big tree and said, “Now it’s time to pull this one out.” The tree didn’t move at all, 137 the boy tried his best. “It’s not possible. No one can 138 it.” said the boy tiredly.
“Boy, the plants are just like your bad habits.” said the old man. “When they are young, it is easy to pull them out, but when they get old, they can’t be controlled.” The old man’s words made the boy think a lot and changed his life later. He was 139 from then on.
There is a 140 that we can learn from the story: Don’t wait for bad habits to grow in us. Give them up while they are in control, or they will control us.
131．A．how B．what C．when D．which
132．A．anything B．everything C．something D．nothing
133．A．quietly B．easily C．slowly D．carefully
134．A．fresher B．bigger C．shorter D．greener
135．A．came out B．showed up C．turned out D．grew up
136．A．win B．stay C．lose D．go
137．A．though B．but C．however D．because
138．A．have B．get C．take D．make
139．A．strong B．different C．excited D．clever
140．A．letter B．word C．saying D．lesson
阅读下面短文，理解大意，然后从各小题的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，使短文连贯完整。
WeChat is a mobile text and voice messaging communication service. It’s really 141 now. It has had over 1.3 billion users so far.
There are a lot of 142 for WeChat to be popular. To begin with, WeChat is a cheap way of communication. It 143 the cost of phone calls. Next, WeChat is to the taste (口味) of most people. Many of its functions (功能) are loved 144 . What’s more, it’s convenient. It’s available no matter where we are.
However, it also 145 us some problems. First of all, our IDs might be revealed (泄露) when we use WeChat. And we could be in 146 . Secondly, we may spend more time on WeChat. That reduces 147 to talk to each other face to face. As a result, the 148 may break down (破裂). The last problem is that our attention might be drawn too much. So sometimes we may find it 149 to focus on (专注于) study.
WeChat is useful in our daily life, but it must be used properly. We should spend 150 time on it.
141．A．popular B．basic C．simple D．similar
142．A．races B．purposes C．reasons D．results
143．A．holds on B．cuts down C．turns into D．depends on
144．A．quietly B．widely C．nearly D．carefully
145．A．sells B．divides C．wastes D．causes
146．A．fashion B．fact C．danger D．balance
147．A．chances B．tests C．mistakes D．researches
148．A．attention B．vacation C．information D．relationship
149．A．easy B．difficult C．polite D．brave
150．A．lower B．higher C．less D．more
阅读下面短文，理解大意，然后从各小题的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，使短文连贯完整。
It’s Friday today and we have an art class. But we don’t have the 151 at school. Where do we have it We have the class in the 152 . It is the first time that we have a class outside, so we are very 153 .
In the morning, our art teacher Mrs. Wang 154 the classroom and says, “Boys and girls, today we’ll have a class in the zoo. You can see your 155 animals and draw some pictures of them there.”
Then we take a bus to the zoo. After we 156 there, we see so many animals. Some 157 are eating bamboo. They are so cute. Tom draws a picture of the pandas. Jenny’s favorite animals are monkeys. She wants to 158 them first. But those monkeys are in the trees. They don’t come down, so Jenny can’t watch them. She doesn’t know what to do. Peter is very 159 . He asks Jenny to 160 these monkeys some bananas. Then all the monkeys come to them.
All of us are happy to have the class in the zoo.
151．A．breakfast B．class C．dream D．award
152．A．factory B．office C．zoo D．hotel
153．A．excited B．deaf C．brave D．confident
154．A．looks like B．agrees with C．points out D．comes into
155．A．favorite B．dangerous C．powerful D．patient
156．A．express B．expect C．get D．leave
157．A．snakes B．tigers C．dolphins D．pandas
158．A．store B．draw C．imagine D．suggest
159．A．poor B．proud C．smart D．nervous
160．A．give B．sell C．touch D．raise
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，从各小题的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，使短文连贯完整。
A king was a music lover. So he looked for the best instrument in the world. A man gave the king a harp (竖琴). The king took it to the palace, 161 the harp sounded terrible when he played it. Then the king threw away (扔掉) the harp 162 . A poor little girl found the harp. She didn’t know how to play it, but she 163 to have a try. She played it every day, for months and 164 . The music was never beautiful, but each time it sounded a little 165 than before.
Then on 166 sunny morning, the girl suddenly started to play the most beautiful music. 167 fact, it was a magic harp. Only hard-working people could 168 it well.
The king heard the music from his window and called the girl to the palace. There 169 a lot of people in the palace. When the girl played the harp, everyone was moved by her music. They all became 170 fans (粉丝).
161．A．and B．but C．so D．because
162．A．happy B．happily C．unhappy D．unhappily
163．A．decides B．decided C．will decide D．decide
164．A．year B．years’ C．year’s D．years
165．A．worse B．bad C．better D．good
166．A．a B．an C．the D．/
167．A．On B．Of C．In D．At
168．A．to invite B．invite C．to play D．play
169．A．was B．is C．were D．are
170．A．herself B．hers C．she D．her
Everyone wants to be fit. Being fit is a way of saying a person eats 171 , gets a lot of exercise, and has a healthy weight (重量). If you’re fit, your body works well, feels good, and can do all the things you want to do, like running around with your friends. If you want to be a fit kid, here are some rules you must 172 .
Eat different kinds of foods
You may have a favourite food, 173 the best way is to eat differently. If you eat different foods, you will 174 feel tired. Taste new foods and 175 ones. Eat at least (至少) five kinds of fruits and vegetables a day—two fruits and three vegetables.
Listen to your body
When you feel full (饱的),you must stop 176 . Eating too much can make you feel uncomfortable (不舒服的) and get 177 .
Limit screen time (限制屏幕时间)
Don’t 178 more time watching TV and using a smart phone or 179 . No more than 2 hours a day on screen time.
Be active (活跃的)
As a kid, you may be 180 , but you should find some activities you like best. Not everyone loves baseball or soccer. Maybe you like running. But you must try to be active.
171．A．quickly B．badly C．easily D．well
172．A．follow B．make C．find D．practice
173．A．so B．if C．but D．and
174．A．sometimes B．always C．often D．never
175．A．old B．special C．cheap D．delicious
176．A．working B．studying C．drinking D．eating
177．A．thin B．good C．fat D．tired
178．A．take B．spend C．find D．pay
179．A．computer B．radio C．phone D．car
180．A．friendly B．kind C．quiet D．clean
No one knew I was really scared (害怕的) to ride the roller coaster. I’m afraid of heights. When my family all looked 181 and said yes, I didn’t want to be the only one to stay behind. My little sister was just tall enough to ride, but she wasn’t scared at all. If she wasn’t afraid, how could I say I was
As we slowly moved forward in the long line, I tried to be 182 . “You can do it.” I told myself again and again. But the closer we got, the more nervous I felt.
Before I knew it, we reached the 183 of the line. It was our turn. The roller coaster cars came and 184 . The gate opened. It was time to step in. I felt so scared that my body wouldn’t move. I knew then: I couldn’t ride the roller coaster.
I said to the worker, “I don’t want to go.” She was nice and showed me the way out. I went away quickly. I just shouted to Dad that I was leaving. There wasn’t time for him to say anything, and I didn’t look back. My legs felt 185 , but I was also a bit relaxed. I thought, even if they were unhappy or laughed at me, it was 186 than riding the roller coaster.
I sat on a bench and waited, with my eyes looking at the ground. When I heard footsteps, I looked up. As soon as they sat down, Dad asked, “Are you okay ”
“What’s the 187 ” Dad asked. I told him I was scared. Having opened up about my fear, I felt a sense of relief and honesty took its place. “I’m sorry I let you down,” I said quietly, unable to meet his eyes. Dad smiled 188 , placing a hand on my shoulder. “Never feel bad for knowing your limits,” he said. When I heard his words, I felt like a heavy stone was 189 . That day, I learned that being brave isn’t about acting like you’re not afraid. It’s about knowing yourself and 190 it. Never say sorry for knowing what you can and can’t do.
181．A．calm B．proud C．confident D．excited
182．A．brave B．happy C．honest D．patient
183．A．bottom B．middle C．front D．back
184．A．moved B．waited C．started D．stopped
185．A．tired B．weak C．light D．relaxed
186．A．safer B．easier C．better D．luckier
187．A．matter B．reason C．accident D．difference
188．A．wisely B．softly C．shyly D．loudly
189．A．gone B．broken C．hidden D．carried
190．A．fearing B．facing C．receiving D．refusing
It’s Sunday afternoon. It’s my daughter’s 191 birthday today. I go into a cake shop to 192 her a big birthday cake.
When I 193 there, many people are in the shop. Then I find a little boy watching the cakes for a long time. He is in 194 clothes. At last, he picks a cake. Then he gives money to the shop assistant and speaks to her, “I want the 195 cake.”
“Sorry, the cake is 30 yuan, 196 you only have 20 yuan,” says the shop assistant.
“Oh, my boy. How old are you ” I ask.
“I am nine, madam.”
“Oh, just like my daughter. Who do you buy the birthday cake for ”
“My mom.”
“ 197 doesn’t she come ”
“My father died (死). My mother has to work in an office from morning 198 night every day. It’s her birthday today. I know she needs a cake. I don’t have much money to buy it, though (尽管) it is not big.”
“Oh, my boy! I’m your mother’s 199 ,” I say. “Let me pay for this birthday cake.” I give the 200 to the shop assistant and leave the shop.
191．A．nine B．ninth C．nineteen D．nineteenth
192．A．sell B．make C．buy D．call
193．A．take B．get C．bring D．spend
194．A．old B．cool C．nice D．funny
195．A．big B．small C．perfect D．beautiful
196．A．or B．and C．but D．because
197．A．Why B．Who C．When D．What
198．A．to B．in C．at D．around
199．A．student B．brother C．friend D．husband
200．A．cake B．balloon C．clothes D．money
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，从各题所给的A、B、C和D项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
During the Tang Dynasty more than 1,000 years ago, people had to send gifts to the king. Once, a man called Mian 201 to take some swans (天鹅) in cages to the king. 202 he was passing a lake, he found that the swans were hot and dirty. He wanted to let the swans loose (松绑) so that they 203 have a bath in the lake. 204 the swans flew away as soon as they were let out. Only 205 feathers were left. How frightened the man was when he saw that. Suddenly, he got 206 idea. He 207 picked up a feather from the ground and left for the capital.
The king was accepting valuable gifts from officials. Everyone was surprised when Mian presented 208 feather. Mian then began to sing, “I’ve come a thousand li 209 you the gift. But I lost my swans at a lake. My gift is not heavy, but my love and respect for you are true.” The king was pleased at Mian’s wit (智慧). Instead 210 punishing him, he gave him a big reward.
People then started using the idiom (典故) “a swan feather sent from a thousand li away.”
201．A．was asked B．asks C．is asked D．was asking
202．A．Before B．After C．Until D．When
203．A．should B．must C．need D．could
204．A．If B．But C．Though D．Until
205．A．a few B．few C．a little D．little
206．A．/ B．a C．an D．the
207．A．quick B．quicker C．quickness D．quickly
208．A．he B．him C．his D．himself
209．A．sent B．to send C．to sending D．send
210．A．of B．in C．with D．to
“Who needs a shopping mall if you have Taobao ” says Lily, 24, a reporter in Shanghai. Taobao, China’s largest online shopping website, has become a(n) 211 part of Lily’s life. She spends lots of money on Taobao.
A growing number of Chinese Internet users like Lily have found the 212 of online shopping. Most online shoppers are students or young people. 213 women shop online than men. Clothing and home-use products (产品) are the most popular online.
It was reported that more than 250 billion yuan was 214 on online shopping last year, 80% through Taobao. Taobao means “ 215 treasure (宝藏)” in Chinese. People can find almost 216 they need on Taobao, from clothes to books, from candies to bicycles.
Shopping online makes shopping easier, because you don’t have to walk from one shop to another. But you may question the 217 of online shopping. It’s natural because some online sellers are 218 . They don’t offer good things. With the help of Taobao, you 219 worry about it. Unless you 220 the products from the sellers and find nothing wrong, the shop owner will not get the money. You can also get your money back if you want to return the products.
211．A．interesting B．important C．impossible
212．A．joy B．sadness C．trouble
213．A．Fewer B．Less C．More
214．A．paid B．spent C．taken
215．A．processing B．bringing C．finding
216．A．something B．nothing C．everything
217．A．safety B．price C．rules
218．A．lonely B．ugly C．dishonest
219．A．mustn’t B．can’t C．needn’t
220．A．hear B．receive C．return
It’s 2050. There are three robots in my home: Tina, Henry and Jim.
Tina is my mum’s good 221 . She is 40 cm tall. Two cameras（摄像头）are her 222 and two wheels（轮子）are her feet. She helps mum do cleaning at home. Our house is 223 because of her.
Henry is a smart robot. He can help us get 224 information（信息）. Dad loves him. Every 225 , Dad asks him, “What’s the weather like today, Henry ” Henry will connect to the Internet and 226 the weather report soon. This morning, Henry tells Dad, “It is rainy today, Mr Green. Please bring an umbrella 227 you.”
What does Jim do in my home He looks like a human（人类）. He 228 and studies with me. For example, Jim often plays chess with me and he always wins. He can also dance and play table tennis with me. When I take online lessons alone at home, he can keep me company（陪伴）and help me with all problems. Thank you, Jim. With your help, I’m smart and 229 .
Tina, Henry and Jim really make a big difference to my home. They 230 our lives easier.
221．A．helper B．daughter C．robot D．friend
222．A．ears B．hands C．eyes D．fingers
223．A．dirty B．tidy C．untidy D．beautiful
224．A．good B．useful C．difficult D．cool
225．A．night B．evening C．afternoon D．morning
226．A．look B．call C．find D．use
227．A．for B．to C．with D．in
228．A．swims B．reads C．plays D．sleeps
229．A．bored B．relaxed C．fun D．strong
230．A．help B．make C．turn D．let
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
My name is Ann. I’ll share my story with you. In my childhood. I was a big fan of cartoons. I always dreamed of 231 my own cartoon. So, at 12 years old, I decided to be a cartoon-maker. At that time, my dream 232 great. However, I found that being a cartoon-maker was far more difficult than I thought.
When I was at the age of eighteen. I got a part-time job at a cartoon-making studio. My work mainly 233 drawing the background for different cartoon projects and using special tools to complete the cartoons. 234 , I felt very worried because I didn’t know much about painting and could only do some 235 things. But I knew this wasn’t enough to make cartoons. So I started to learn many new 236 like drawing characters and making stories. 237 it was tiring, I felt happy because I was 238 the right way. The people in the studio were really kind. Whenever I had problems, they helped me and shared useful ideas.
After half a year, I could finish the work by myself. I felt so proud of my 239 . This is 240 my journey of cartoons began.
231．A．inviting B．improving C．watching D．creating
232．A．looked B．sounded C．felt D．smelt
233．A．showed B．taught C．included D．mentioned
234．A．At first B．At last C．Suddenly D．Finally
235．A．special B．basic C．difficult D．perfect
236．A．games B．jobs C．rules D．skills
237．A．Although B．If C．Because D．When
238．A．in B．with C．on D．at
239．A．hobby B．progress C．problem D．health
240．A．what B．when C．where D．how
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出能填入相应空白处的最佳选项。
I was interested in playing the guitar when I was a middle school student. At that time, I 241 at least three hours playing the guitar every day. And my parents thought that I spent too much time on my 242 .
One day, I didn’t pass my English exam and I lied to my parents. Then my English teacher called them, and my parents knew the truth. My dad was very 243 and broke my guitar. He asked me not to play the guitar anymore and said that he would never 244 me pocket money.
The next day, I got up early and said 245 to my parents. To my surprise, they said sorry too. They said they thought 246 about the whole thing the night before.
Finally, they 247 me to keep playing the guitar. I told them that I would study hard in order not to make them 248 . After that, I spent most of my time on my 249 instead of playing the guitar. And finally, my English became better.
It was very 250 for me to have such good parents and I learned the importance of communication between children and parents.
241．A．used B．spent C．needed
242．A．subject B．exam C．hobby
243．A．excited B．tired C．angry
244．A．give B．return C．show
245．A．thanks B．goodbye C．sorry
246．A．carefully B．brightly C．loudly
247．A．led B．caught C．allowed
248．A．cheerful B．worried C．surprised
249．A．idea B．study C．music
250．A．difficult B．popular C．lucky
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Have you ever heard of Ne Zha Based on the well-known novel Fengshen Yanyi, the film Ne Zha tells how Ne Zha 251 against other people’s prejudice (偏见) and becomes a hero. Now, the 252 is one of the most popular films in Chinese history.
The film is 253 of beautiful scenes (场景), such as the fight between fire and water. It is reported that more than 1,300 special effects (特效) are 254 . In the film, Ne Zha is a very naughty (淘气的) kid, and his life is very 255 . He has to solve many problems to break the curse (诅咒) that he can only 256 for three years.
What’s worse, people see him as a(n) 257 person and stay away from him as much as they can. Since then, Ne Zha has become a bad boy who makes 258 wherever he goes. However, with the help of his parents, teachers and friends, Ne Zha 259 changes his mind and grows up.
The film Ne Zha is educational because it shows that with a strong will, everyone can decide their own 260 .
251．A．fights B．plays C．flies
252．A．music B．film C．picture
253．A．sure B．afraid C．full
254．A．found B．used C．studied
255．A．hard B．happy C．easy
256．A．have B．live C．love
257．A．healthy B．favourite C．unlucky
258．A．friends B．mistakes C．trouble
259．A．actively B．finally C．proudly
260．A．future B．house C．car
阅读短文，理解其大意，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
There are so many beautiful places around the world, but my favourite place is Xinjiang. To me, Xinjiang is full of wonderful landscapes and amazing 261 .
Xinjiang is in the 262 of China. The 263 there is very pleasant. It’s sunny, cool and dry. It has a combination (混合) of different types of natural landscapes, from lakes, 264 , meadows (草地), snow mountains to desert. It’s a magical place and all you need to do is stand wherever (任何地方) you like and 265 , just like me!
There are so many delicious foods such as mutton, 266 , local yogurt, fresh fruits and, of course, raisins. Among all of them, the most 267 foods are kebabs and a local pancake called nang.
I had so much fun and so many great memories in Xinjiang. I tried new 268 every day. For example, I dressed in local people’s beautiful clothes. I 269 camels (骆驼) and even walked across a small part of a desert. To me, it is not only an interesting trip, but also a journey of 270 and adventure (冒险).
261．A．pictures B．people C．food D．health
262．A．northeast B．northwest C．southeast D．southwest
263．A．weather B．grass C．fruit D．air
264．A．cities B．clubs C．villages D．forests
265．A．take buses B．take photos C．ride bikes D．go climbing
266．A．beef B．pens C．snow D．dance
267．A．expensive B．modern C．famous D．interesting
268．A．places B．habits C．jobs D．things
269．A．watched B．rode C．bought D．checked
270．A．plan B．story C．discovery D．world
请阅读下面短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中、选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Mrs Wang is a 103-year-old lady. She lives in Nanjing now. People often ask her how she can keep 271 in her life. Mrs Wang says everyone can live over 100 if he eats healthy food and 272 some exercise every day.
In her opinion, 273 is very important. She always has a glass of milk and two eggs at about 8:00 a.m. Because these two things give her enough energy and protein (蛋白质). So she doesn’t often feel 274 in the morning. Then, she seldom has 275 for lunch and dinner; instead, she likes having more vegetables and rice. And 276 meals, she usually has an apple or a banana. She thinks vegetables and fruit can help clean the dirt from her body more easily.
Exercise is another 277 thing. Mrs Wang either plays tai chi (太极) or does square (广场) dance with her friends for half an hour every day. Her children always 278 about her health and safety, so they ask her to stay home. But she says no to them. Because doing exercise not only 279 a good body to her, but also makes her 280 .
271．A．clean B．quiet C．lucky D．healthy
272．A．makes B．does C．follows D．learns
273．A．dinner B．lunch C．supper D．breakfast
274．A．interesting B．relaxed C．tired D．funny
275．A．milk B．meat C．cake D．fruit
276．A．with B．after C．in D．at
277．A．bad B．real C．different D．important
278．A．worry B．talk C．think D．know
279．A．buys B．brings C．helps D．asks
280．A．sad B．happy C．worried D．cool
三、人与自然（本大题共2小题）
Did you ever ride a camel (骆驼) in the 281 and hot desert (沙漠) The camel sways (摇摆) when it 282 . It feels like a bumpy boat ride on the sand. People call camels “ships of the desert”.
When the sun 283 , it’s very hot in the desert, and people can hardly walk. But camels are really good at 284 in the desert. When 285 wind and sand fill the sky, they can still travel. Camels don’t need much water. Sometimes, a camel can carry lots of things and go 286 water for two weeks.
Camels can do even more. People drink camel 287 . People use camel hair to make tents, blankets, rugs, and even clothing. Long ago, even dried camel droppings (骆驼粪) were useful! Desert people 288 them to start cooking fires.
Today, desert people still ride on camels. They are 289 to camels and treat them as family. They 290 camels with wild plants and praise how well they live in hard places.
281．A．wet B．high C．dry D．sweet
282．A．sleeps B．talks C．grows D．walks
283．A．comes out B．gets out C．hangs out D．works out
284．A．swimming B．dancing C．jumping D．traveling
285．A．playful B．terrible C．lucky D．colourful
286．A．in B．without C．over D．through
287．A．sugar B．water C．milk D．meat
288．A．collected B．saved C．followed D．improved
289．A．hardly B．quietly C．friendly D．quickly
290．A．encourage B．feed C．pretend D．affect
阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，从各小题的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案，使短文连贯完整。
Do you like animals Animals 291 very important in our lives. They are not just a part of nature, but also our good 292 . They help us in many ways. Animals can 293 the environment balanced (平衡的). They eat plants and other small animals. That helps to control (控制) the population of different species. We can’t live 294 animals.
Animals can also make our lives easy. We get 295 things from animals, such as food and materials for making clothes. For example, we can use leather (皮革) to make shoes 296 bags.
What’s more, animals can make 297 world beautiful. We can enjoy the beauty of different animals in zoos or in the wild. Some animals 298 beautiful feathers (羽毛) or fur.
However, we are causing a lot of problems for animals. It’s time for us 299 animals. We can plant more trees to provide them with 300 better living environment and stop polluting the environment.
291．A．is B．are C．am D．be
292．A．parent B．parents C．friend D．friends
293．A．make B．making C．made D．to make
294．A．at B．with C．without D．for
295．A．many B．much C．little D．few
296．A．because B．but C．so D．and
297．A．we B．us C．our D．ours
298．A．has B．have C．shoots D．shoot
299．A．protect B．to protect C．borrow D．to borrow
300．A．a B．an C．/ D．the
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】个人经历、其他人、记叙文
【答案】1．C 2．A 3．B 4．D 5．C 6．A 7．B 8．D 9．A 10．C
【分析】本文讲述了Lucy和Tom在公园玩耍时遇到一位饥饿的老人，分享食物并发现他是音乐老师，度过了一段愉快时光。
【详解】1．句意为：露西和她哥哥汤姆去公园玩。
farm农场；zoo动物园；park公园；beach海滩。根据“The next day, Lucy went to the park again”可知，他们去的是公园。故选C。
2．句意为：他们开心地玩了几个小时。
played玩；studied学习；cried哭；rested休息。根据“Lucy and her brother Tom went to the park to play”可知，他们去公园玩。故选A。
3．句意为：太阳照耀得明亮。
suddenly突然；brightly明亮地；slowly缓慢地；heavily沉重地。根据“Now it was already twelve o’clock”可知，此时是中午十二点，太阳应是明亮地。brightly“明亮地”符合语境。故选B。
4．句意为：所以他们决定享用他们的午餐。
sell卖；create创造；waste浪费；enjoy享受。根据“They were thirsty and hungry”可知，他们又渴又饿，所以决定享用午餐。故选D。
5．句意为：当他们找到一个休息的好地方时，他们看到一个老人坐在他们旁边的椅子上。
singing唱歌；jogging慢跑；sitting坐；dancing跳舞。根据“on the chair near them”可知，老人坐在他们旁边的椅子上。故选C。
6．句意为：露西为他感到同情，对汤姆说：“我们和他分享食物吧。”
sorry抱歉的，同情的；lucky幸运的；cool凉爽的；happy开心的。根据“Let’s share our food with him”可知，露西同情老人，想和他分享食物。sorry符合语境。故选A。
7．句意为：汤姆同意了。
won赢得；agreed同意；left离开；lied撒谎。根据“They walked to the old man and asked”可知，汤姆同意了露西的建议，他们走向老人并询问他是否需要食物。故选B。
8．句意为：先生，你想要一些食物吗？
luck运气；money钱；trick诡计；food食物。根据“Let’s share our food with him”可知，此处问老人是否想要一些食物。故选D。
9．句意为：你们太善良了。
kind善良的；quiet安静的；rich富有的；young年轻的。根据“They walked to the old man and asked, ‘Sir, would you like some food ’”可知，他们主动和老人分享食物，老人觉得他们很善良。故选A。
10．句意为：露西听到这个很高兴，因为她也喜欢音乐。
although虽然；once曾经；because因为；only if只有当。根据“Lucy was glad to hear that”和“she loved music, too”可知，露西很高兴是因为她也喜欢音乐。故选C。
【知识点】居住环境、应用文、日常活动
【答案】11．C 12．B 13．A 14．C 15．B 16．A 17．B 18．C 19．A 20．B
【分析】本文是迈克写给汤姆的一封信，在信中，迈克介绍了他在格林山村的生活。
【详解】11．句意为：我正在格林山村享受生活。
studying学习；working工作；living生活。根据下文“There is a big...near my home.”可知，文章主要介绍了迈克的生活。故选C。
12．句意为：在我家附近有一个大型超市。
restaurant饭店；supermarket超市；hospital医院。根据下文“so my mother often buys vegetables there”可知，是在超市里购买蔬菜。故选B。
13．句意为：它就在公园的左手边。
on在……上面；at在；in在……里面。on the left of“在……的左边”，固定搭配。故选A。
14．句意为：我喜欢周末的时候在那里看书。
sell售卖；write写；read阅读。根据上文“There is also a library here.”可知，在图书馆里应该是看书。故选C。
15．句意为：为了到达那里，我通常骑10分钟的自行车。
gets获得，三单形式；get获得，动词原形。getting获得，动名词或现在分词。to do sth“为了做某事”，动词不定式表目的。故选B。
16．句意为：我家离学校不远。
far远的；near附近的；quiet安静的。根据下文“Every morning, I leave home at 7:00 and walk to school. It is about a 15-minute walk.”可知，从家到学校，步行15分钟，说明距离不远。故选A。
17．句意为：我觉得步行是一种很好的锻炼方式，对我们的健康有好处。
spirit精神；exercise锻炼；sleep睡眠。根据“walking”可知，步行是一种锻炼方式。故选B。
18．句意为：周日下午，我和父母通常出去吃，在晴天饭店吃饭。
up向上；down向下；out在外。根据“at ‘Sunny Restaurant’”可知，此处应用eat out表示“在外就餐”。故选C。
19．句意为：店主李太太非常友善。
friendly友好的；strict严格的；untidy不整洁的。根据下文“And the food in her restaurant is very delicious. So lots of people like to have dinner there.”可知，饭店的饭菜美味，人们喜欢在那里吃饭，可见老板人也很好。故选A。
20．句意为：我想带你逛逛这个美丽的村庄。
over超过；around在……周围；past经过。show sb. around“带某人参观”，动词短语。故选B。
【知识点】家人和亲人、精神品质、记叙文
【答案】21．C 22．D 23．D 24．C 25．D 26．B 27．A 28．A 29．A 30．B
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了作者的祖父坚持诚信原则，拒绝使用湿木材制作家具，最终赢得声誉的故事，以及这种价值观在家族中的传承。
【详解】21．句意为：当他年轻时，他曾作为一名家具工匠工作。
like像；for为了；as作为；with和。根据“When he was young, he worked...a furniture maker”可知，他曾作为一名家具工匠工作。故选C。
22．句意为：到达时，他注意到邻居提供了一些湿木头，于是他说：“我不会马上开始。”
served服务；passed传递；used使用；provided提供。根据“he noticed the neighbor...some wet wood”可知，邻居提供了湿木材。故选D。
23．句意为：他知道使用湿木材可能会在以后带来麻烦。
accidents事故；illness疾病；events事件；trouble麻烦。根据“working with wet wood could cause...later on.”可知，使用湿木材可能会在以后带来麻烦。故选D。
24．句意为：与此同时，另一个家具工匠也接到了一家不同家庭的类似订单。
same相同的；different不同的；similar相似的；special特殊的。根据“another furniture maker was asked for a...job”可知，另一个家具工匠接到的工作与祖父工作相似。故选C。
25．句意为：结果，邻居开始认为我祖父是在拖延工作以赚取更多钱。
cutting out裁剪；taking down记下；giving up放弃；putting off推迟，拖延。根据“my grandfather was trying to make more money by...the work”可知，邻居误解祖父拖延工作。故选D。
26．句意为：然而，祖父安静地等待。
excitedly兴奋地；quietly安静地；sadly悲伤地；worriedly担心地。根据“my grandfather waited...”可知，祖父选择耐心等待。故选B。
27．句意为：一个月后，当木材完全干燥时，我的祖父开始制作坚固而精美的家具。
completely完全地；suddenly突然地；typically典型地；usually通常。根据“my grandfather began to make strong and beautiful furniture when the wood was...dry”可知，当木材完全干燥时，祖父开始制作坚固而精美的家具。故选A。
28．句意为：几个月过去了，那位工匠制作的家具开始损坏。
break损坏；drop掉落；carry搬运；waste浪费。根据“the furniture made by that maker began to...”可知，那位工匠用湿木材制作的家具损坏了。故选A。
29．句意为：有一次，有人想以低价出售一些气味难闻的海鲜给我的父亲，他果断地说“不！”并终止了这笔交易。
trade交易；competition比赛；fight斗争；communication交流。根据“one man wanted to sell some cheap but smelly seafood”和“stopped the...”可知，有人想以低价出售一些气味难闻的海鲜给作者的父亲，父亲终止了这笔交易。故选A。
30．句意为：如今，我和哥哥始终铭记祖父和父亲教导我们的——要诚实守信。
finger手指；mind头脑；body身体；head头。根据“keep in our...what they taught us”可知，此处表示作者和哥哥牢记父亲的教诲，keep in mind表示“牢记”。故选B。
【知识点】个人经历、朋友、记叙文
【答案】31．B 32．B 33．A 34．C 35．C 36．A 37．B 38．C 39．B 40．A
【分析】本文主要讲述了两个朋友山姆和约翰在森林里玩捉迷藏时，约翰掉进洞里，山姆用绳子把他救了上来。村民们不相信山姆的话，但一位老人认为山姆说的是实话，因为没有人告诉山姆他做不到。
【详解】31．句意为：有一天，他们跑到树林里玩捉迷藏。
house房子；forest森林；room房间。根据“One day they ran into a…and played hide-and-seek there…John fell into a hole.”可知，山姆和约翰捉迷藏，并且约翰掉进了一个洞里。结合选项可知，“森林”这个地点符合语境。故选B。
32．句意为：突然，约翰掉进了一个洞里。
Especially尤其是；Suddenly突然；Finally最后。根据“One day they ran into a…and played hide-and-seek there…John fell into a hole.”可知，山姆和约翰在玩捉迷藏时，约翰掉进洞里。可以推测，事发突然。故选B。
33．句意为：山姆立刻跑向约翰。
at once立刻，马上；at least至少；at last最后。根据“John fell into a hole. He started shouting for help.”可知，约翰掉进了一个洞里，所以按照常识，山姆应该立刻跑向约翰去救他。故选A。
34．句意为：他们俩哭着、笑着，然后一起走回家。
to向，朝，往；at在(某时间或时刻)；在(某处)；back回，向后。根据“Sam tried very hard and pulled John out from the hole. Both of them cried, smiled and then walked…home.”可知，山姆努力地把约翰从洞里拉了出来。可以推测，劫后余生，他们俩会哭着、笑着并一起走回家。修饰动词walked用副词back。故选C。
35．句意为：由于山姆和约翰离开了很长时间，他们的父母很担心。
angry生气的；surprised惊讶的，惊奇的；worried担心的，担忧的。根据“Since Sam and John were away for a long time, their parents got…All the villagers started to help look for the children.”可知，山姆和约翰离开了很长时间，所有的村民都开始帮忙寻找他们。所以可以推测，他们的父母很担心。故选C。
36．句意为：当山姆和约翰终于回到村子时，每个人都很兴奋。
everyone每个人；someone某人；no one没有人。根据“All the villagers started to help look for the children. When Sam and John finally arrived back in the village,”可知，所有的村民都开始帮忙寻找他们。所以当山姆和约翰终于回到村子时，应该每个人都很兴奋。故选A。
37．句意为：他们的父母拥抱了他们，并询问孩子们他们去了哪里。
when什么时候；where在哪里；how怎样，怎么样。根据“All the villagers started to help look for the children.”可知，所有的村民都开始帮忙寻找他们。所以当山姆和约翰终于回到村子时，他们的父母会询问孩子们去了哪里。故选B。
38．句意为：然而，几乎没有村民相信他。
Though虽然；And和；However然而。根据“Then Sam replied, ‘I used a rope.’…almost no villagers believed him.”可知，山姆回答用绳子救了约翰，几乎没有村民相信他。前后是转折关系。故选C。
39．句意为：他们大笑并且认为他给他们讲了一个故事。
cried哭，哭泣，呼喊；laughed笑，大笑；feared担心，害怕。根据“How can you help a person who is double your age and weight ”可知，人们不相信山姆能帮助一个年龄是他两倍大的人。所以可以推测，人们会大笑并且认为山姆给他们讲了一个故事。故选B。
40．句意为：人群中有一个聪明的老人。
clever聪明的；silent沉默的；sick生病的。根据“He said that everything Sam said was factual (真实的).”和“That’s because there was no one there to tell Sam ‘you can’t do it.’”可知，这位老人认为山姆所说的一切都是真实的。因为没有人告诉山姆他做不到。可见老人很聪明。故选A。
【知识点】朋友、记叙文
【答案】41．B 42．C 43．B 44．A 45．C 46．A 47．B 48．C 49．B 50．C
【分析】本文是一篇记叙文。文章主要讲述了一个叫Walk的小女孩在村里没有朋友，经常被捉弄和嘲笑。一天，她在河边打水漂，意外地遇到了一个迷路的小女孩Run。两人从互相介绍名字的尴尬到最终成为朋友，展示了友谊的美好。
【详解】41．句意为：她觉得自己不属于这里——周围的孩子经常捉弄她，嘲笑她的名字。
treats对待；belongs属于；leaves离开。根据“kids around often play tricks on her and laugh at her name”可知，周围的孩子经常捉弄她，嘲笑她的名字，所以她觉得自己不属于这里。故选B。
42．句意为：亲爱的河流，你是如此幸运——鸭子、鱼和植物总是和你在一起！
polite礼貌的；playful好玩的；lucky幸运的。根据“ducks, fish and plants are always with you”可知，鸭子、鱼和植物总是和河流在一起，所以河流是幸运的。故选C。
43．句意为：然后她捡起一些石头，试图把它们打水漂过河。
works out解决；picks up捡起；cuts down砍倒。根据“some stones and tries to skip (打水漂) them across the river”可知，此处指捡起石头打水漂。故选B。
44．句意为：最后，女孩选择了一块完美的石头。
perfect完美的；tidy整洁的；soft柔软的。根据“OK! I’ll give it one last try! I’ll wish for a friend if I can make it!”可知，女孩决定再试一次，如果成功就许愿要一个朋友，所以她选择了一块完美的石头。故选A。
45．句意为：Walk几乎不敢相信自己的眼睛！
seldom很少；always总是；hardly几乎不。根据“The stone skips once, twice...Finally, on the seventh skip, it makes a great success!”可知，石头成功打了七个水漂，所以Walk几乎不敢相信自己的眼睛。故选C。
46．句意为：我是新来的，所有的房子看起来都很相似。
similar相似的；strong强壮的；untidy不整洁的。根据“I lost my way”可知，女孩迷路了，因为所有的房子看起来都很相似。故选A。
47．句意为：跟在后面，女孩问：“我可以知道你的名字吗？”
Feeding喂养；Following跟随；Practising练习。根据“Don’t worry!” Walk says, “I’ll send you back home!”可知，Walk要送女孩回家，所以女孩跟在Walk后面。故选B。
48．句意为：这让Walk感觉很糟糕。
excited兴奋的；relaxed放松的；awful糟糕的。根据“Walk ” the girl laughs.可知，女孩嘲笑Walk的名字，这让Walk感觉很糟糕。故选C。
49．句意为：“原谅我！”女孩现在说，“但这很有趣，因为我的名字叫Run！”
Respect尊重；Excuse原谅；Laugh笑。根据“But it’s funny because my name is Run!”可知，女孩意识到自己的行为可能让Walk不舒服，所以先说原谅我。故选B。
50．句意为：Walk也忍不住笑了起来。
fits适合；cuts切割；breaks打破。break into laughter为固定搭配，意为“突然大笑起来”。故选C。
【知识点】记叙文、阅读
【答案】51．C 52．D 53．B 54．B 55．A 56．A 57．D 58．C 59．C 60．A
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者培养女儿阅读习惯的故事。
【详解】51．句意为：她读书是为了应付学校考试，不过要让她这么做就像拔牙一样。
closing eyes闭上眼睛；raising hands举手；pulling teeth拔牙；touching ears摸耳朵。根据“My 12-year-old daughter is smart, but she had never read a full book for pleasure.”可知让作者的女儿读书很难，C项符合语境。故选C。
52．句意为：这些都没有帮助她养成深阅读的习惯——两眼盯着书页，其他什么也不干。
something某事；anything任何事；everything每件事；nothing没有事。根据“the habit of deep reading”可知此处描述深度阅读的状态，也就是两眼盯着书页，没有别的事情发生。故选D。
53．句意为：我觉得自己作为父母失败了。
writer作家；parent父母；lover爱人；person人。根据文中提到的作者和女儿之间关于读书的事情，可知作者觉得自己作为父母很失败。故选B。
54．句意为：作为一个书迷，我毫不费力地解释阅读的重要性，但却没能把阅读的喜悦传给我的孩子。
set off出发；pass on传递；show off炫耀；hold on坚持。根据“but failed to…the joy of it to my own child.”可知此处是指把读书的乐趣传递给孩子。故选B。
55．句意为：她认为社交媒体能教会她同样的东西。
argued争论；accepted接受；promised承诺；realized意识到。根据“She…that social media could teach her the same thing.”可知此处是女儿在争论自己的观点。故选A。
56．句意为：妈妈，欢迎来到你的家——这不是我的。
home家；dream梦想；palace宫殿；island岛屿。根据“I suggested filling her room with her favourite books”可知女儿说这里是妈妈的家，不是她的。故选A。
57．句意为：在我看来，她反对阅读的大部分论点似乎都没有错。
educational有教育意义的；correct正确的；helpful有帮助的；wrong错误的。根据“I couldn’t win our debates (辩论).”以及下文作者给女儿钱，让其读书可知，作者觉得女儿反对读书的论据似乎也没有错误。故选D。
58．句意为：她真的非常惊讶，然后高兴地答应了。
sadly悲伤地；seriously严肃地；happily高兴地；patiently耐心地。根据“During an eight-day beach holiday, she finished the book before the seventh day.”可知女儿高兴地答应了。故选C。
59．句意为：我们回到家后，她又要了一本罗尔德·达尔的另一本书，并在两周内把它读完了——而且没有再要更多的钱。
help帮助；time时间；money金钱；permission允许。根据“When we got home, she asked for another Roald Dahl book and finished it in two weeks—without asking for more…”以及上文“ offered her $100…”可知此处是指女儿又要了一本书阅读，但是没有要更多的钱。故选C。
60．句意为：但我为她打开了一扇通往纸质书的大门——一个安静、私人的地方，我希望她能终生受用。
quiet安静的；funny有趣的；noisy吵闹的；hidden隐藏的。此处描述读书的世界是一个安静的、个人的世界。故选A。
二、人与社会
【知识点】个人经历、外国文化、学习体验、记叙文
【答案】61．A 62．D 63．A 64．C 65．B 66．B 67．D 68．C 69．A 70．C
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者在法国寄宿家庭的愉快经历。
【详解】61．句意为：在我到达这里之前我很紧张，但是没有必要。
arrived到达；left离开；hid躲藏；created创造。根据“I was nervous before I...here”可知，作者在到达法国之前很紧张。故选A。
62．句意为：所以我的法语提高了很多。
prepared准备；wasted浪费；trusted信任；improved提高。根据上文“Miss Green always talks to me in French to help me practice.”可知，由于格林小姐总是用法语和作者交谈，所以作者的法语提高了很多。故选D。
63．句意为：我仍然会犯很多错误，但是我不像以前那样担心了。
mistakes错误；friends朋友；deals交易；money钱。根据“I don’t worry”可推知，作者不担心会犯错误。故选A。
64．句意为：我仍然会犯很多错误，但是我不像以前那样担心了。
few几乎没有（修饰可数名词复数形式）；bit一点（常与a连用）；much许多（修饰不可数名词或表示程度上的大量）；little几乎没有（修饰不可数名词）。根据“I don’t worry as...as I used to”可知，此处表示程度上的大量，所以much符合语境。故选C。
65．句意为：这里的情况与家乡大不相同。
with和；from来自；for为了；of属于……的。be different from“与……不同”。故选B。
66．句意为：当我第一次来到这里时，我觉得这很奇怪。
large大的；strange奇怪的；similar相似的；simple简单的。根据上文“you shouldn’t put your elbows (肘) on the table”以及下文“I don’t find...customs (习俗) so strange any more.”可推知，作者起初认为不应该把胳膊肘放在桌子上这件事很奇怪。故选B。
67．句意为：另一个例子是，说你吃饱了并不是很礼貌。
grammar语法；reason原因；result结果；example例子。根据下文“it’s not very...to say you’re full”可知，这是作者举的另一个例子。故选D。
68．句意为：另一个例子是，说你吃饱了并不是很礼貌。
dangerous危险的；honest诚实的；polite礼貌的；rude粗鲁的。根据下文建议用“That was delicious”来委婉表达“饱了”可推知，直接说“full”不够礼貌。故选C。
69．句意为：如果你不想再吃了，你就应该说，“太好吃了。”
food食物；courage勇气；pride骄傲；hope希望。根据上文“you’re full”可推知，此处表示“不想再吃更多的食物”。故选A。
70．句意为：我不再觉得法国的习俗如此奇怪了。
Australian澳大利亚的；British英国的；French法国的；Japanes2025--2026年最新人教版中考英语完形填空【10空】分类能力提高综合练习【 含答案 word版】
一、人与自我（本大题共6小题）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。
Although my daughter is only two years old. I let her do a few “chores” (杂务). The “chores” aren’t cleaning the house, folding the clothes or 1 the floor.
When she could just walk and started to play with toys, she sometimes 2 them away because of being bored. Seeing that, I started to teach her to put them away. Now she 3 it is one of her chores, and she can even do it without being asked. Another thing I asked her to do was to take her dishes to the 4 . Now every time she finishes her meal, she gets up and runs to the kitchen 5 her bowl or plates lovely!
Actually, I don’t make a “chore list (列表)” for her. However, little by little I 6 chores to her everyday life. Doing chores teaches a child to be responsible (有责任的) for 7 he or she does. It also helps to 8 a child’s independence. In my opinion, the earlier a kid learns to be independent, the 9 it is for his or her future.
I think it’s necessary to teach children how to do some small chores, 10 big chores should wait until they’re older. Do you think so
1．A．sweeping B．changing C．using
2．A．put B．threw C．gave
3．A．controls B．hates C．understands
4．A．bedroom B．kitchen C．library
5．A．with B．without C．for
6．A．invite B．do C．add
7．A．how B．what C．when
8．A．develop B．cheer C．hurt
9．A．worse B．easier C．better
10．A．but B．so C．or
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
My day began when I saw my six-year-old son Jonathan doing something in the garden by my azalea bush (杜鹃花丛). By the time I got out, I found he had broken it! It was my favorite!
“Can I take this to school ” he asked, smiling. Though a bit 11 , I nodded in agreement. Then I turned back to the broken bush and touched it as if to say silently, “I’m sorry.” Later I pruned (修剪) it 12 .
The rest of the day, I was busy doing endless housework. Time had passed by fast before I realized it was already 3:00. Leaving the clothes in the washing machine, I hurriedly got to school to pick up Jonathan. When I got there, the teacher told me she wanted to talk about Jonathan.
“What now ” I thought.
I had prepared myself for the worst, 13 the teacher’s words greatly surprised me. “Did you know Jonathan brought 14 to school today ” she asked. I nodded, thinking about my favorite bush. “See that little girl How happy she is now!” the teacher continued. I saw a 15 child busily drawing a picture with crayons (蜡笔). I nodded again.
“Well, her parents are separated and she has been 16 these days. I did all I could to comfort her, but nothing 17 . This morning I watched your son walk over to her with some pretty pink flowers and say, “This is for you.”
I felt my heart full of pride for what my son had done. Holding Jonathan’s hand, I said, “Thank you! You’ve 18 my day.’’
I was warmed by the 19 Jonathan showed to the little girl, and I made up my mind to pass it on. Later that evening when my husband came back home from a tiring workday, I 20 some pink azaleas and handed them to him. “This is for you,” I said.
11．A．unhappy B．unlucky C．unhealthy
12．A．impatiently B．carefully C． rudely
13．A．and B．so C． but
14．A．pictures B．clothes C．flowers
15．A．red-eyed B．bright-eyed C．sad-eyed
16．A．down B．pleased C． relaxed
17．A．failed B．worked C．lasted
18．A．missed B．made C．stolen
19．A．thanks B．regret C． kindness
20．A．picked B．sold C．borrowed
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
It was just another warm spring afternoon. As usual, I was waiting at the school parking lot to pick up my mom. Suddenly, a 21 rolled into the parking lot and stopped in front of me. I looked around and waited for someone to come and collect it, but no one 22 .
Just when I was about to pick up the ball, I saw two 23 racing towards me. “Pass it to me!” One of them shouted. And so I did. They got the ball, quickly thanked me and then went back along their way.
I was 24 about where they were from. With plenty of time on my hands, I decided to quietly follow them to their “paradise” (天堂). And there it was-in the school playground, a number of children were 25 , chasing (追赶) balls or making fun of their friends. They were really having a good time!
The sight of the children made my heart 26 , reminding me of the carefree days in my good old days. Back then, lunchtime meant 27 food that had been lovingly prepared by my mom, not an oily, ready-made lunch from the staff canteen (食堂). The final exams were the only thing I had to 28 about. Praise from my teachers seemed like a lifetime achievement award.
Life has just moved on. Almost ten years have passed since my college graduation. Many more people have entered my life, but 29 of them have created memories as sweet as my school friends had. If I were given the chance to talk to these kids in the playground, I would say. “ 30 is the sweetest time in life.”
21．A．stone B．toy C．ball
22．A．showed off B．showed up C．showed around
23．A．strangers B．kids C．adults
24．A．curious B．nervous C．serious
25．A．arguing B．crying C．laughing
26．A．sad B．heavy C．warm
27．A．home-made B．store-bought C．restaurant-served
28．A．talk B．worry C．learn
29．A．all B．some C．few
30．A．Childhood B．Adulthood C．Neighborhood
阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Mr. Hatch lived a lonely life. He walked alone to work every day, and ate his lunch in a corner. He never smiled. He 31 talked to anyone on his way home. In the evening, he read a newspaper and went to bed early.
His life changed, however, one day when he got a heartshaped box full of chocolate in the mail, along with a piece of paper that said, “Somebody 32 you.” At first, he couldn’t believe it, but as he read the 33 , he began to laugh and dance around. The message opened his 34 to the power of love. Soon he found himself being cheerful. He became a joy at work and began to 35 people in the neighborhood. As the days and weeks went by, his laughter, smiles, kindness, happiness and love 36 everyone around him.
Later, Mr. Hatch found out that the heartshaped box belonged to 37 else. It was a mistake. He felt sad and went back to his 38 ways. When his neighbors found out, however, they 39 not to lose the light he shared. They surprised him with a party and a long banner (条幅) that read: “Everybody loves Mr. Hatch.” Mr. Hatch cried when he arrived at the party and knew that somebody loved him after all. Then he laughed, hugged his friends and felt 40 .
I think we all have a tiny bit of Mr. Hatch in us. At times we all feel unloved and unlovable. However, somebody does love us. May the pages of your life story be full of love.
31．A．often B．hardly C．always
32．A．loves B．hates C．knows
33．A．message B．decision C．introduction
34．A．eye B．hand C．heart
35．A．work out B．help out C．give out
36．A．turned B．held C．moved
37．A．anybody B．somebody C．everybody
38．A．old B．good C．right
39．A．asked B．decided C．explained
40．A．cool B．worried C．warm
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Lily and Amy are two best 41 . They live in the same neighborhood and they are also in the same school. They always play sports together and share secrets after class.
Their school has a talent show (才艺表演) in January. Lily is very happy because she 42 singing and dancing. She wants to join the show so much. Amy says she is happy to help her 43 .
It’s time for the show. Lily becomes more and more nervous (紧张的). She thinks she isn’t 44 enough and she can’t do it. Amy tries to encourage her, but Lily doesn’t listen.
At last, Lily is about to give up (放弃). But Amy takes her 45 and says, “Be brave and keep 46 . I believe you can do it 47 you try your best.” This time Lily 48 her friend’ s words and goes on the stage (舞台).
Lily sings very well, everyone claps their hands to show their happiness. Lily feels 49 , too. After the show, Lily says to Amy, “Thank you! You are a caring girl and you are my best friend forever.” The story 50 that a true friend is always there to say good words to you and encourage you.
41．A．students B．friends C．sisters
42．A．loves B．dislikes C．remembers
43．A．play B．practise C．come
44．A．perfect B．healthy C．strong
45．A．hands B．gloves C．feelings
46．A．thinking B．trying C．following
47．A．so B．but C．if
48．A．talks about B．picks up C．listens to
49．A．sad B．angry C．happy
50．A．hopes B．knows C．shows
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
What is your job Are you a teacher or a businessman Or maybe you are a lawyer/writer or a doctor/singer. If you have more than one 51 , you have a slash career.
“Slash career” comes from the punctuation mark (标点符号) “/”. People with slash careers often have a main job. It usually 52 their needs of life. The main job comes before the slash. And the job after the slash is often about a person’s 53 . It can help make people’s life colorful.
Why do people want more than one job On the one hand, a second career can be enjoyable if it is about interests. A second career actually helps with work-life balance (平衡). It also gives people a chance to learn more skills and 54 their creativity. On the other hand, it helps people make more 55 to become rich.
However, a slash career can be 56 for work-life balance. Working more than one job may 57 much time. People with slash careers need to think carefully about how to spend their time. They need to know when to stop 58 .
Some companies prefer to use people with slash careers. They think that it shows the person is 59 and willing to work hard. Besides, young people with slash careers seem to have more 60 to deal with the changes at work and do a better job.
Do you want to have a slash career
51．A．dream B．job C．story
52．A．meets B．loses C．controls
53．A．wishes B．reasons C．interests
54．A．copy B．show C．compare
55．A．pressure B．money C．choices
56．A．hopeless B．serious C．bad
57．A．take up B．give away C．put off
58．A．dreaming B．learning C．working
59．A．creative B．independent C．fair
60．A．rules B．habits C．skills
二、人与社会（本大题共23小题）
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Shing-Tung Yau was born in 1949 in Shantou, China. He became one of the greatest mathematicians of his time. As a child, his family was very poor. When Yau was only 14 years old, his father died, making life even more 61 . But young Yau never gave up. He loved math very much and studied it hard by himself, even without good books or teachers. His hard work 62 —he always got excellent grades in school.
Because Yau was so 63 , he got into the Chinese University of Hong Kong to study math. His good work there helped him win a scholarship to study in America at the University of California, Berkeley. There, great math teachers helped him, and soon many people 64 about this smart young man.
In 1976, Yau did something 65 . He solved a very hard math problem called the Calabi conjecture (卡拉比猜想). This problem had confused (使困惑) math experts for over 20 years. 66 it made Yau famous worldwide. His work also helped scientists understand more about how the universe 67 . In 1982, he received the Fields Medal (菲尔兹奖), which is like the “Nobel Prize” for mathematics.
Yau has taught at some world-famous universities, including Harvard and Stanford. But he never 68 China. He works hard to help young Chinese students love math, build study centers and hold math 69 .
Yau’s life teaches us an important lesson: No matter how difficult life is, if we work hard and follow our dreams, we can 70 . From a poor village boy to a world-known mathematician, his story encourages many young people today.
61．A．difficult B．enjoyable C．interesting
62．A．gave up B．went on C．paid off
63．A．lucky B．talented C．friendly
64．A．thought B．knew C．cared
65．A．amazing B．terrible C．right
66．A．Solving B．Making C．Sharing
67．A．works B．stops C．disappears
68．A．remembers B．forgets C．leaves
69．A．games B．parties C．competitions
70．A．fail B．succeed C．help
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
My cousin is a sixth grader. We used to be very close and often do our homework together. But he started playing computer games not very long ago.
Every day after he came home, he would drop his schoolbag and 71 in front of the computer. At dinnertime, he would eat as quickly as possible 72 he could get back to his games. And when it was time to go to bed, he would always 73 for another hour in front of the computer.
It was no 74 that my cousin’s grades fell sharply (急剧地). And his teacher said that he was 75 dozing off (打瞌睡) all the time in class.
The Internet has 76 our lives more convenient. But it has disadvantages (缺点) as well. For example, as students spend more time on the Internet, they have 77 time and energy to spend on study and rest. Some students find 78 always thinking about things like video games, even when they should be studying.
I talked to my cousin about the 79 of spending so much time on video games. He agreed and decided to make an effort to 80 his addiction (瘾). Gradually, he got his old life back and, of course, his old self back as well.
71．A．lie down B．sit down C．fall down
72．A．so that B．even though C．as soon as
73．A．put up B．look up C．stay up
74．A．fun B．reason C．surprise
75．A．always B．hardly C．never
76．A．become B．made C．led
77．A．more B．less C．fewer
78．A．himself B．yourselves C．themselves
79．A．harm B．importance C．advantages
80．A．have B．break C．develop
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
A long time ago, there lived a wise man named Zun-Nun in Egypt(埃及). A young man came to visit him and asked, “Teacher, 81 do you dress so casually(随意地) Nowadays, it is necessary to dress neatly(整洁地), isn’t it Or how will people know you are really a special and 82 man ”
Zun-Nun smiled, took the 83 from his finger and said, “Young friend. I will answer your question, but first do one thing for me. Take this ring to the market. Can you 84 this for one chip(片) of gold ” When he looked at Zun-Nun’s dirty ring, the young man thought to himself. “How will I sell it at that 40 ”
He offered the ring to the vegetable, meat and fish traders and others in the market. But 85 was ready to pay a chip of gold.
He told this to Zun-Nun and Zun-Nun said, “Now go to the gold shop and show the ring to the owner. Don’t give a price. Just 86 how much he will pay.”
One hour later the young man was back with the ring, “Teacher, people at the market 87 didn’t know the value(价值) of this ring. The gold trader 88 me 1,000 chips of gold.”
Zun-Nun. smiled. “That is the answer to your question, my friend. Someone cannot be valued only from his 45 . That ring was a gift from the king on my 60th birthday. There is only one ring like this in the world.” he said. “It’s very valuable. So never judge(评判) a book by its cover, young man. Improve yourself to make yourself valuable.”
81．A．how B．why C．when
82．A．lazy B．serious C．wise
83．A．dress B．ring C．gold
84．A．make B．find C．sell
85．A．place B．price C．pride
86．A．nobody B．anybody C．somebody
87．A．prepare for B．take up C．listen to
88．A．really B．hardly C．finally
89．A．showed B．offered C．lent
90．A．looks B．words C．Actions
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
“I am a normal 20-year-old man,” Liu Chunhe, a young man with cerebral palsy (脑瘫), says in the movie Big World. The movie came out on Dec. 27, 2024, which shows a summer Liu spends with his 89 . He tries to make his grandmother’s dream of playing the drums come true. Along the way, he also learns more about himself and his grandmother.
People often treat Liu as needing special care, but the film shows his 90 . With a strange look, Liu is looked down on by many people and only a few see him as a normal one. People also 91 him, saying, “A person with cerebral palsy can’t play the drums.” But Liu tells them that they’re 92 by showing his skills, like his great memory. 93 , he learns to drive and works hard to get into his dream university.
Before playing the role of Liu in the movie, Yi Yangqianxi, the well-known actor, read books and watched videos about people with cerebral palsy to prepare for the movie. He also talked to them and then 94 how they move, talk, and even think. “They always put themselves in a low position. They often say ‘I’m OK’ or ‘It’s alright’, trying to make others 95 ,” Yi told CCTV. Yi took a close look at them so that his acting in the movie is very real and 96 .
“Playing this role has shown me a new way of looking at the world,” said Yi. “Now I feel deeply 97 whenever I meet someone with cerebral palsy, or when they see themselves in my role.” All in all, this movie helps more people understand and care about those with cerebral palsy. It also shows that Chengdu is a city with a big 98 , welcoming every little man and story.
89．A．family B．friends C．teachers
90．A．courage B．humor C．normality
91．A．praise B．doubt C．ignore (忽视)
92．A．right B．mean C．wrong
93．A．Besides B．However C．So
94．A．avoided B．created C．copied
95．A．pleased B．tired C．interested
96．A．lovely B．lively C．friendly
97．A．excited B．surprised C．moved
98．A．head B．heart C．eye
One Saturday, I was waiting for the bus at the stop to take my English class.
“Excuse me, what time is it ” When I looked back over my shoulder, I was 99 by a man who looked like a migrant worker (外来工). He was almost the same age as my elder brother. But his hair was messy and his clothes were dirty. A terrible 100 made me take two steps back from him. “Two.” I answered 101 .
“Thank you! I’m just afraid of being late for work,” he explained nervously. I remained silent.
The bus finally arrived and I was ready to 102 the bus. I reached into my pocket (口袋), and to great surprise, it was 103 . I was so embarrassed that I just froze. My face was burning with 104 . Suddenly, a dark-colored arm reached out and put two coins into the coin box. “The money is for both of us!” a familiar voice rang in my ear. I raised my head and realized it was the 105 .
“Thank you,” I said, regretful and thankful. On hearing my words, he smiled, “ You are welcome! You 106 me, too.”
I was 107 , but the only thing I could do was to watch his hands. I noticed the calluses (老茧) on them, which told the story of his struggles and hardships (艰难) as a worker. Although his hard work had ruined (毁坏) his appearance, it would 108 ruin his warm and kind heart.
99．A．tested B．challenged C．greeted
100．A．mistake B．thought C．smell
101．A．happily B．unwillingly C．excitedly
102．A．get on B．get up C．get off
103．A．wet B．cold C．empty
104．A．doubt B．shame C．anger
105．A．farmer B．driver C．worker
106．A．helped B．trusted C．praised
107．A．patient B．sleepy C．touched
108．A．always B．never C．sometimes
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Dear Anna,
How’s your summer vacation going I’m having fun in Shanghai, China. I am sitting in a 109 now. It is big and there are about 50 tables in it. I’m 110 some tofu and a small bowl of mutton noodles with carrots. I’m also drinking some black tea. I will 111 50 yuan for the meal. The dumplings here look good, and I will eat 112 next time. The food here is very good. The noodles and the tofu are 113 and the vegetables are fresh, but the tea isn’t very good. There are also many 114 of fruit ice cream in the restaurant. The people in the restaurant use chopsticks to 115 meals. I 116 use them and I’m learning how to use them. It is very interesting. I think it will take me a long time to 117 the meal. I will go back to New York next week. See you 118 .
Yours,
Sally
109．A．restaurant B．hotel C．supermarket
110．A．ordering B．cooking C．eating
111．A．find B．ask C．pay
112．A．all B．them C．it
113．A．free B．delicious C．large
114．A．kinds B．ways C．pairs
115．A．make B．cut C．have
116．A．can’t B．mustn’t C．needn’t
117．A．make B．finish C．get
118．A．soon B．now C．before
阅读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
The Spring Festival Gala is one of the most 119 TV shows in China. It is held every year during the Chinese New Year. It features different performances, such as songs, dances and magic shows. This year,a special robot 120 “Young Bot” was invited to perform on the gala.
The robot could move like a human and 121 dance to music. It performed a short play with a human actor, which was both funny and touching. The robot’s ability to express emotion (情感) made it seem almost human. Many people in the audience couldn’t believe their 122 and kept asking, “Is that really a robot ”
One of the most interesting parts of the performance was when the robot interacted (互动) with children on stage. It played games with them and 123 their questions. The children were so excited that they couldn’t stop laughing. The robot’s friendly nature made everyone feel 124 and happy.
However, creating such a smart 125 was not a easy task. A team of scientists worked hard for years to 126 the robot could understand human language, recognize faces, and perform actions. They also programmed it to react to different situations, making it seem more lifelike.
After the performance, many people 127 their thoughts online. Some said it was the most creative part of the gala, while others hoped to see more robots like Young Bot in the future. One netizen (网民) wrote, “This is what technology can do! It brings us closer to the 128 .”
119．A．personal B．popular C．possible
120．A．named B．remembered C．guessed
121．A．hardly B．even C．almost
122．A．faces B．noses C．eyes
123．A．acted B．answered C．added
124．A．relaxed B．nervous C．worried
125．A．man B．alien C．robot
126．A．make sure B．make up C．make out
127．A．understood B．shared C．formed
128．A．past B．present C．future
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Mary, a 22-year-old woman, stands in the kitchen of the La Hotel in Manila, preparing to make a cake. It would seem to be natural for a cook, but for Mary, you can’t imagine how difficult it is. She has no 129 . Her disability (残疾), however, only slows her down while working. “When I first saw Mary, I was worried she might 130 herself when using a knife, but that has never been a problem,” says the manager of the hotel. “She does not get special treatment (待遇) and works just as 131 as the rest of the cooks.”
One day in September 2002, Mary and her uncle, 132 were attacked (攻击) by two men. The 11-year-old girl passed out (昏倒). After she came to 133 , she found her uncle dead and saw her arms broken. Later, the doctors saved her life but could not save her hands.
In 2006, with the help of the family, Mary went to live in a rehabilitation (康复) and training centre for 134 people. She practiced how to write and do housework there. She believed she could live a 135 life, although she was disabled. She thought she had something important to do in life because she was still alive after the terrible attack. After she 136 high school, she took a two-year Hotel and Restaurant Management course in a college, because she had enjoyed cooking since she was a little girl.
When Mary was reported on television, she turned it into a chance to encourage other disabled people 137 running away from the attention. “I wanted other disabled people to believe it’s possible to live a normal life,” Mary says. “It is difficult to make a living, but I don’t lose 138 . I believe nothing is impossible if you dream and work hard.”
129．A．arms B．legs C．hands
130．A．hurt B．teach C．enjoy
131．A．long B．hard C．soon
132．A．unluckily B．finally C．excitedly
133．A．death B．life C．ability
134．A．tired B．disabled C．healthy
135．A．terrible B．difficult C．normal
136．A．finished B．started C．missed
137．A．but also B．instead of C．because of
138．A．heart B．stress C．competition
Last month, my family had a great 11-day trip to several cities in China.
Our first stop was Beijing. Nancy, our guide, took us around the city’s popular 139 , including the Great Wall, the Forbidden City, and the hutongs. She 140 the rich history and culture behind each place. This made our trip much more 141 .
Next, we traveled to Zhangjiajie. We 142 in the early morning to climb Mountain Tianmen. We went on a glass-bottomed bridge. Looking 143 through the clear glass made us feel both nervous and excited. After about 4 hours, we 144 reached the top. However, the clouds were so thick that we could see 145 but a sea of white. What a pity!
We headed to Shanghai and had a great time there: walking through Nanjing Road, riding along Huangpu River 146 laughing in the Disneyland. Each was a 147 side of Shanghai.
Now we are at home but the 148 still feels like it happened just yesterday.
139．A．programs B．shows C．markets D．sights
140．A．explained B．experienced C．accepted D．created
141．A．natural B．private C．valuable D．international
142．A．gave up B．stood up C．made up D．woke up
143．A．up B．down C．back D．around
144．A．quickly B．perfectly C．probably D．finally
145．A．something B．nothing C．anything D．everything
146．A．but B．or C．and D．while
147．A．different B．young C．safe D．right
148．A．lesson B．journey C．box D．dream
[2022湖南岳阳中考·改编]FIFA World Cup is one of the biggest sports events in the world.It 11 every 4 years. The first World Cup was in 1930. It has a history of over 90 years. During the World Cup, 12 fans watch the games and cheer for their favourite teams or players. We have known some famous football players from the football competitions, such as Beckham, Messi, and Figo. They have excited football fans for many years. The World Cup 13 the best chances for football players around the world.The winners can get not only 14 but also respect (尊重).
The 2022 World Cup will start on November 21st and 15 on December 18th. The competition is going to last (持续) 16 days. To avoid the high 17 in Qatar (卡塔尔), the games will come in winter 18 summer. Gianni Infantino, FIFA's president (国际足联主席) said, “This is a good decision. The 19 temperature in Qatar is up to 45℃. It's too hot for players to compete.” The true spirit of the 2022 World Cup is “Where there is life, there is struggle (奋斗)．” It's sure that all football players will try 20 best to achieve their goals.
If you have time, if you love soccer, why not come to Qatar to enjoy the exciting football event
149．A．takes off B．takes a walk C．takes place D．takes
150．A．few B．little C．quite a few D．a little
151．A．has agreed B．has refused C．has provided D．has sent
152．A．silence B．honour C．mistakes D．love
153．A．end B．begin C．cross　 D．stand
154．A．8 B．18 C．28 D．38
155．A．price B．heat C．speed D．people
156．A．instead of B．in total C．in front of D．in need
157．A．deepest B．highest C．widest D．biggest
158．A．their B．theirs C．them D．they
The China International Search and Rescue Team (CISAR) was formed in 2001.It 　1　 help and hope to those whose lives are changed by a storm, an earthquake, or any other natural disaster (灾难).
After long and 　2　 training, the Chinese team went on its first international rescue (救援) tasks in 2003.That year, the team helped save lives after earthquakes in Algeria and Iran.It was the first time that the CISAR had worked outside China, and the team 　3　 high praise for their bravery and skill.Since then, the CISAR has completed lots of rescue 　4　—they braved terrible conditions to rescue people in Indonesia, Haiti and Pakistan.
Rescue workers are trained to find people, treat injuries (伤痛), and 　5　 food, water, and other things.They have to be able to do difficult work when it is very 　6　.For example, there is usually no electricity or water after a disaster, and there may be illnesses and accidents.Rescue workers get to save lives, but they must also deal with the dead.That means they have to be 　7　 in both body and mind.Rescue workers must have big 　8　, too.It takes lots of love and courage to risk (冒险) their own lives to 　9　 someone else’s.The members of the CISAR are always ready to go wherever help is needed.
Rescue workers leave their homes and families for a job that offers little pay and less sleep.We can’t imagine how much they have sacrificed (牺牲) selflessly.We don’t even know most of their names.They are really 　10　 heroes!
159．A．closes　　　　　B．sells　　　　　C．brings
160．A．careful B．poor C．useless
161．A．gave B．won C．missed
162．A．tasks B．mistakes C．excuses
163．A．give up B．hand out C．cut down
164．A．comfortable B．safe C．dangerous
165．A．weak B．strong C．slow
166．A．hearts B．mouths C．eyes
167．A．waste B．enjoy C．save
168．A．unskilled B．unsung C．untrained
It was a warm and sunny day. Seven-year-old Emma put on her best clothes. She would go on a 169 trip with her family. They went through their village. The villagers said hello to them, but Emma could 170 nothing because she was deaf.
Soon Emma 171 Dr. Tang’s. She put on a hearing aid (助听器) there. When Dr. Tang turned it on, Emma was so 172 , because it was the first time that she heard a sound!
Some people think that deaf children are not very clever. However, Dr. Tang doesn’t 173 . So he works hard to help children in poor places with hearing 174 . Emma is one of them. He has helped hundreds of children hear the world. With Dr. Tang’s help, many children like Emma can go to 175 with a hearing aid. They are clever and do very well in school.
Dr. Tang also helps people learn how to take good care of their 176 . He knows that one can’t 177 the beauty of the world without hearing any sounds. As for Emma, she is experiencing the world in a 178 way. She is so thankful to Dr. Tang. She hopes that other children with hearing problems can get help, too.
169．A．usual B．special C．fun D．boring
170．A．see B．tell C．touch D．hear
171．A．arrived at B．looked for C．heard about D．walked around
172．A．calm B．brave C．excited D．quiet
173．A．relax B．agree C．appear D．mind
174．A．exercises B．problems C．chances D．interests
175．A．hospital B．museum C．school D．park
176．A．head B．eyes C．heart D．ears
177．A．kiss B．pass C．enjoy D．show
178．A．main B．basic C．nervous D．new
Sometimes you might feel it impossible to get on with your parents. But in fact, it isn’t as 179 as you think. Follow these ways, and then you’ll improve your relationship with them.
Spend more time with your parents. This doesn’t mean just sitting in front of the TV with them. Instead, you should do more activities with your parents together. By doing 180 , all of you will feel happy and relaxed.
Talk with your parents more often. In order to understand them 181 , you should have a talk with them more often. Try to learn more about them. For example, you could ask them about their own childhoods.
Always listen to your parents. This may 182 simple, but it’s often harder than you think. Look at your parents when they are talking. Don’t interrupt (打断) them, and then speak clearly when 183 them.
Share your 184 with your parents. Sometimes your parents also want to learn more about you. Just do your best to open your heart to them. When possible, talk to them about something at school or what you really want to be in the 185 , your study and dream job always interest them.
Make your parents feel proud. There are always some ways to make your parents feel good 186 you. By working hard, you can do well at school or win prizes in games. They will think how 187 they are to have you and be more willing to talk about you in front of others. Remember, 188 a good relationship with your parents takes time and effort. Keep trying, and you’ll succeed.
179．A．easy B．difficult C．important D．necessary
180．A．it B．them C．one D．that
181．A．good B．well C．better D．best
182．A．sound B．look C．smell D．taste
183．A．sticking to B．going to C．replying to D．listening to
184．A．feelings B．money C．trouble D．secrets
185．A．past B．future C．present D．time
186．A．for B．with C．about D．at
187．A．lucky B．bad C．fair D．nervous
188．A．taking B．building C．breaking D．doing
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Hanfu is a kind of clothing of the Han people. Wearing Hanfu is becoming 189 among young Chinese. It seems that there is a Hanfu club in almost every university and 190 . Most club members (成员) wear the clothing during holidays. They also wear Hanfu when they want to 191 beautiful photos. Some of them 192 it so much that they wear it almost every day.
In fact, there is a day to 193 this kind of traditional clothing. It’s called China Hanfu Day. It is 194 the third day of the third month of the Chinese lunar calendar (阴历).
This year, it falls on April 22. The day celebrates different kinds of traditional clothing. Among them, Hanfu has the 195 fans (爱好者).
“China is playing an important role in the world. Chinese people feel more confident (自信的) about their traditional 196 .” Chen Chuyu said, “Wearing traditional clothing might be an interesting way of showing such 197 ,” Some young people even 198 Hanfu culture to other countries.
189．A．popular B．different C．impossible
190．A．city B．space C．apartment
191．A．make B．take C．play
192．A．hope B．share C．enjoy
193．A．discuss B．organize C．celebrate
194．A．on B．at C．in
195．A．many B．more C．most
196．A．history B．culture C．stories
197．A．advice B．promise C．feelings
198．A．break B．bring C．choose
阅读下面短文，根据短文内容，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
A hug is an international form of physical contact that happens when two or more people hold each other. People usually put their arms around the neck, back or waist of one another 199 . Hugging can occur between family members, friends, or romantic partners. People hug for many different 200 in their lives. For example, grown-ups may hug to show each other love. Friends may hug to show friendship. Members of a team may hug after winning a game to show happiness and 201 other team members.
When a person is given a hug, he or she feels warm. In this way, it creates a sense of trust and safety that helps build human relationship. So hugging is a 202 human need. According to a new research from Carnegie Mellon University, hugging also has many health advantages. It can keep us away from stress. In the study, the researchers try to find out 203 hugs can protect humans from illness by stress. The result has shown that hugs can help to reduce stress, lower the risk of getting a cold 204 lower worry levels. What’s more, hugs can 205 save lives. Once, a hug from a mother saved the life of her newly-born baby who was dying.
We Chinese used to be too shy to hug each other because we disliked being 206 by others, especially strangers. 207 , this situation has changed. Giving hugs to people around us becomes popular in society. Now January 21st every year is known as National Hugging Day.
Virginia Satir once said, “We need four hugs a day for living on. We need eight hugs a day for holding on. We need twelve hugs a day for growing up.” So it is something we should do more often. Let’s 208 . Give your loved ones a hug! You’ll give them and yourself a world of good.
199．A．closely B．heavily C．successfully D．peacefully
200．A．activities B．cultures C．festivals D．reasons
201．A．protect B．introduce C．encourage D．welcome
202．A．confident B．necessary C．private D．simple
203．A．what B．when C．where D．whether
204．A．as soon as B．as long as C．as far as D．as well as
205．A．even B．just C．hardly D．seldom
206．A．pushed B．served C．touched D．watched
207．A．Anyway B．However C．Moreover D．Otherwise
208．A．take action B．cheer up C．keep fit D．enjoy ourselves
阅读下面的短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Miller is a successful businessman who is always busy with his work. One day, he 209 to spare some time and went with his father to a nice restaurant for a meal.
When they walked into the restaurant, they heard beautiful music. A 210 was standing in a corner of the restaurant. She was playing with all her 211 . The customers in the restaurant were all lost in the wonderful music.
While enjoying the music, Miller’s memories came back like tides (潮水). He remembered that he had once been 212 about the violin. Back then, he would spend a lot of time 213 the violin every day. He could feel the satisfaction and joy deep in his heart every time he played. However, as time went by, he gradually put all his energies into business. Finally, he had to 214 his beloved violin in order to build his career (事业).
At this moment, he couldn’t help but say to his father, “ 215 I had kept up with the violin, maybe I would be playing beautifully here now.” “Yes, my child,” his father 216 , with his eyes full of love and understanding. Then the father continued slowly, “But there is no ‘if’ in our life.”
What the father said is 217 . Life is full of different choices. People can take completely different paths (小路) and live quite different lives. But everyone should keep this in mind: There is no “if’ in life and every choice has its 218 . The best thing to do is to enjoy what we have in the moment.
209．A．managed B．refused C．forgot
210．A．pianist B．singer C．violinist
211．A．money B．heart C．time
212．A．nervous B．honest C．crazy
213．A．practicing B．repairing C．teaching
214．A．give up B．pick up C．set up
215．A．So B．If C．Unless
216．A．cried B．nodded C．laughed
217．A．true B．meaningless C．unbelievable
218．A．excuse B．method C．meaning
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Tom and Mike, who had been friends since primary school, decided to have an exciting summer adventure in Africa in a desert. However, their journey through the hot 219 wasn’t as smooth as they thought. The sun was so strong that it made the sand 220 burning coals under their feet. Tired and thirsty, they started arguing about which way to go. Tom got so angry that he 221 slapped (举击) Mike hard in the face.
Mike was shocked and hurt. His eyes was filled with tears, but he didn’t shout back. Instead, he bent down and 222 in the sand with a stick, “Today my best friend slapped me in the face.” The wind blew gently, and the words began to fade away (逐渐消失) little by little. Tom felt sorry right away, but he was too 223 to say sorry.
They kept walking for a long time. Just when they felt 224 , they saw a beautiful lake. Mike couldn’t wait to jump into the cool water to relax. But soon, he got into trouble. Some weeds wrapped (绕住) around his 225 , and he started sinking. He tried to shout for help, but water filled his mouth.
Tom saw his friend in danger and didn’t think twice. He quickly took off his shirt and jumped into the lake. Swimming as 226 as he could, he reached Mike and pulled him out. After coughing up water, Mike felt much, better.
To show his thanks, Mike found a big stone by the lake. Using a small 227 , he carved (雕刻) these words on it, “Today my best friend saved my life.”
Tom couldn’t understand it. “After I hurt you, you wrote in the sand. Now you write on a stone. Why ” he asked.
“When someone 228 us, we should write it down in the sand, and the wind can take it away,” Mike answered. “But when someone does something good for us, we must write it on a stone so that no wind can ever take it away.”
219．A．beach B．desert C．pond
220．A．feel like B．would like C．look like
221．A．suddenly B．happily C．gladly
222．A．lay B．sat C．wrote
223．A．strong B．shy C．surprised
224．A．hopeless B．careless C．harmless
225．A．pictures B．legs C．messages
226．A．relaxed B．comfortable C．fast
227．A．pencil B．knife C．watch
228．A．leaves B．likes C．hurts
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
A father was worried about his 15-year-old son. Because his son seemed to have no 229 . He was always afraid to face any challenges.
One day, the father went to see a well-known boxing (拳击) coach and asked him to help his son. The coach agreed and said, “Leave your son with me. In three months, I 230 he will be a changed person. However, you must not visit him during this time.” The father agreed.
Three months later, the father returned to pick up his son. The coach 231 a friendly match between the boy and an experienced boxer to show the training result. As soon as the match began, the boy was knocked down hard. Everybody thought that he would 232 . But to their surprise, he quickly got up and faced the opponent (对手) again. He was knocked down again, but jumped back to his feet right away. This 233 over and over. The boy was knocked down 16 times, yet each time he stood up and faced the challenge.
“Do you think your son is 234 enough now ” The coach turned to the father and asked. The father felt upset and shook his head, “I’m so 235 . I never expected such a result. For 3 months, he has trained here so hard every day, but he would still get knocked down 236 .”
After hearing his words, the coach shook his head and said, “I really feel sorry for you. You’re missing the 237 . You only see the falls, the winning or losing. Don’t you see the courage and tenacity (韧性) of your son to get up each time A strong person isn’t someone who never falls, but someone who 238 every time they do. That’s true courage.”
229．A．courage B．fame C．fear
230．A．mention B．advise C．promise
231．A．developed B．organized C．invited
232．A．give up B．take off C．show up
233．A．reviewed B．recalled C．repeated
234．A．brave B．kind C．proud
235．A．disappointed B．moved C．bored
236．A．hardly B．exactly C．easily
237．A．point B．start C．choice
238．A．wins B．rises C．drops
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
There are many rules at school. Some tell students what to do, and others tell them what not to do. The school 239 are very important. Here 240 some school rules for you.
▲Be kind to your teachers and classmates
Teachers and classmates are like your family. They help you a lot at school. And you can 241 a lot from them. 242 we should be kind to each other.
▲Keep the classroom clean and tidy every day
Please 243 your classroom before class. You 244 eat or drink in the classroom. So don’t take any food into it, or it will make your classroom dirty. Please eat in the dining hall.
▲Be quiet in the library
You should keep 245 when you are reading books in it. You shouldn’t 246 in the library. Everyone needs a good and quiet place to read.
▲Don’t talk in class
In class, you should 247 your teachers carefully. You can answer the question, but you can’t talk with your classmates.
We know these rules are strict (严厉) but useful. All the students must 248 the rules.
239．A．clubs B．rules C．shows
240．A．is B．are C．has
241．A．respect B．practice C．learn
242．A．So B．But C．Because
243．A．build B．treat C．clean
244．A．can B．can’t C．have to
245．A．busy B．unhappy C．quiet
246．A．look at B．make noise C．be absent
247．A．wait for B．listen to C．pick up
248．A．follow B．order C．guess
[2024河北廊坊一模]I used to hate my name being called in class mainly because I didn't want others to notice me. And if I was not told to have a seat by the teacher, I always 249 to sit at the back of the classroom.
All this changed after I joined a sports team. It began when a teacher suggested that I should join the basketball team. At first I thought it was a crazy idea because I didn't have a good sense of balance, and I didn't have the 250 to keep up with the others in the team and they would laugh at me. But because the teacher kept insisting on my “ 251 for it”， I decided to give it a try.
Getting together the 252 to try was only the half of it! When I first started 253 the practice courses, I didn't even know the rules of the game. Sometimes I'd get confused (迷惑的) and take a shot at the wrong direction—which made me feel really silly. 254 ， I wasn't the only “new” one at the game, so I decided to learn the game, do my best at each practice course, and not be too hard on myself for the things I didn't know.
I practiced and practiced. Soon I knew the 255 and the moves. Being part of a team was not so difficult. Very soon the exciting part for me was WINNING 256 I didn't have enough confidence.
With time, I learned how to play and made friends. I never had so much fun!
With more self confidence comes more praise from teachers and classmates. I have gone from “ 257 ” at the back of the classroom and not wanting to call attention to myself, 258 raising my hand—even when I sometimes wasn't 100 percent sure I had the right answer. Now I have more self confidence in myself.
249．A．meant B．helped C．forgot D．chose
250．A．duty B．ability C．patience D．chance
251．A．going B．asking C．looking D．cheering
252．A．knowledge B．strength C．courage D．stress
253．A．watching B．enjoying C．preparing D．attending
254．A．Luckily B．Humorously C．Hopefully D．Exactly
255．A．games B．rules C．orders D．steps
256．A．when B．so C．because D．though
257．A．dreaming B．hiding C．playing D．relaxing
258．A．for B．by C．to D．with
When I was 12 years old, I already knew that my teen years were going to be the worst years of my life. I was a total outsider, bullied (欺凌) at school. I felt completely 259 in m small town.
But by starting to do 260 work when I was 14, I turned my problem into a passion for helping others. The opportunity to practice kindness make me feel like my life had a great 261 . The more positive energy I shared, the more kindness and appreciation I received. I realized that my purpose in life would be to reach out to people, 262 teenagers, and help them feel less lonely.
Books were my true friends back then. I was so 263 that the authors wrote those books. The kindness that 264 offered me with their books saved my life. One of my biggest dreams was to become an author, 265 I could write books that would help other teenagers.
After surviving terrible experiences at school and at home, I made a 266 to take the optimistic (乐观的), positive road in the next steps of my journey. I have been a full-time author of ten novels since 2007 and I am grateful for this amazing opportunity to 267 to readers every single day.
Kindness saved me when I needed help the most. Even small acts of kindness can change; someone’s life. You never know 268 someone else is going through. But by practicing daily kindness, you become an architect (缔造者) of positive change.
259．A．lonely B．angry C．interested
260．A．volunteer B．painting C．gardening
261．A．dream B．purpose C．problem
262．A．generally B．suddenly C．especially
263．A．surprised B．thankful C．curious
264．A．he B．she C．they
265．A．before B．so C．but
266．A．choice B．mistake C．speech
267．A．take out B．give out C．reach out
268．A．how B．what C．why
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Marco Polo was born in 1254 in Venice, Italy. He was the most 269 Westerner to visit Asia during the Middle Ages. His father Nicolo Polo, and his uncle were wealthy traders who often 270 to parts of the East. When Marco Polo was 17 years old, he began a journey to China with his father and uncle. The journey took about four years.
They 271 the palace of Kublai Khan. Kublai Khan was the ruler of China during that time. The Kublai Khan gave the Polos a 272 welcome and also gave them many gifts. He was especially impressed with Marco Polo, who could speak four 273 .
Khan sent Marco Polo on many trips through China. On these trips, Marco Polo saw many amazing things that he had never seen in Europe, including paper money and papermaking. He made many 274 about life in China.
After living in China for 17 years, the Polos began their journey home to Italy. When they went back to Venice, they found their city at war. Marco Polo joined it to fight for his city, but 275 , he was sent to prison (监狱). There he finished his great book The Travels of Marco Polo. The book gave many people in Europe their first look at the civilizations (文明) to the East and helped make great 276 between the East and the West. It 277 better than other books in Europe at that time.
Marco Polo was released (释放) from prison in 1299, and returned to Venice. He 278 a woman named Donata Badoer in 1300. They had three daughters—Fantina, Bellela and Moreta. Marco died in January 1324, at almost 70 years old.
269．A．exciting B．interesting C．famous
270．A．brought B．took C．travelled
271．A．looked at B．arrived at C．laughed at
272．A．warm B．cool C．cold
273．A．words B．languages C．sentences
274．A．notes B．mistakes C．choices
275．A．unluckily B．unusually C．unimportantly
276．A．inventions B．invitations C．connections
277．A．bought B．sold C．borrowed
278．A．saved B．married C．helped
In the north of Europe, there is a country with a long, cold winter.It doesn’t have a lot of sunshine all year round, but it is one of the 　1　 countries in the world.This is Denmark.It’s 　2　 to Germany, not far from Hamburg.Hans Christian Andersen is one of the most famous Danish people.Every child loves his famous 　3　 The Ugly Duckling.
Danish people say they are happy because 　4　 have no worries about anything.The government does many things to give people 　5　 lives than before.For example, all children can go to good schools, and 　6　 have long holidays to stay with their babies and women can do the same things 　7　 men.
Danish people also have a 　8　 lifestyle.Most of them love 　9　 bikes.In Denmark’s capital Copenhagen, about 50% of its people ride bikes to school 　10　 work.Biking is not only good for the environment, but also good for people’s health.
A．largest B．poorest C．widest D．happiest
279．A．behind B．close C．outside D．far
280．A．dictionary B．note C．advice D．story
281．A．they B．he C．it D．we
282．A．longer B．shorter C．better D．worse
283．A．students B．teachers C．parents D．doctors
284．A．as B．for C．like D．except
285．A．special B．healthy C．careless D．usual
286．A．losing B．riding C．selling D．holding
287．A．for B．so C．but D．or
三、人与自然（本大题共1小题）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C三个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Last summer, my family and I visited a coastal village. The locals taught us the importance of living in harmony (和谐的) with nature. One morning, while walking on the beach, I noticed a small sea turtle (海龟) struggling to reach the ocean. Its tiny body was covered in plastic waste. I 288 picked it up and carefully removed the trash. The turtle looked at me with tired eyes, as if saying, “Thank you.”
An old fisherman nearby saw this and smiled. “This beach used to be 289 with turtles,” he said. “But plastic pollution and fishing nets have made their lives 290 . If we don’t act now, they might disappear forever.” His words made me realize how human activities 291 wildlife.
That afternoon, I joined a local cleanup team. We collected bottles, bags, and broken fishing equipment. 292 the work was tiring, everyone felt proud. The team leader explained, “Even small actions, like 293 plastic use or recycling, can create big changes.”
By sunset, the beach looked cleaner. Suddenly, someone shouted, “Look! A turtle is coming back!” We watched quietly as the same turtle I saved earlier crawled into the waves. It was a magical moment—a reminder that nature can heal if we give it a 294 .
On our way home, I decided to 295 my habits. I promised to use reusable bags and avoid single-use plastics. My family supported me, and we even started a “zero-waste challenge” at home.
Protecting nature isn’t just about saving animals; it’s about protecting 296 . Every choice we make shapes the world. As the fisherman said, “The ocean doesn’t need us, but we need the ocean. Let’s be its 297 .”
288．A．gently B．angrily C．lazily
289．A．empty B．filled C．colored
290．A．easier B．harder C．safer
291．A．protect B．attract C．harm
292．A．Although B．Because C．Unless
293．A．increasing B．reducing C．adding
294．A．chance B．problem C．gift
295．A．break B．change C．hide
296．A．ourselves B．machines C．money
297．A．enemies B．friends C．strangers
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】劳动实践、家人和亲人、记叙文
【答案】1．A 2．B 3．C 4．B 5．A 6．C 7．B 8．A 9．C 10．A
【分析】本文通过作者让两岁女儿参与简单家务的例子，强调从小培养孩子责任感和独立性的重要性。
【详解】1．句意为：“家务”不是打扫房子、叠衣服或扫地。
sweeping扫；changing改变；using使用。根据“the floor”可知，此处表示扫地，短语sweep the floor“扫地”，故选A。
2．句意为：当她能走路并开始玩玩具时，她有时因为无聊而把它们扔掉。
put放；threw扔；gave给。根据“because of being bored.”可知，此处是觉得无聊就扔掉它们，短语throw away意为“扔掉”。故选B。
3．句意为：现在她明白了这是她的一件家务活，她甚至可以不被要求就做。
controls控制；hates讨厌；understands理解。根据“Seeing that, I started to teach her to put them away.”可知，作者通过让女儿收拾玩具来让她“明白”这是她的“家务”。understand意为“理解，明白”，符合语境。故选C。
4．句意为：我让她做的另一件事是把她的盘子拿到厨房。
bedroom卧室；kitchen厨房；library图书馆。根据“runs to the kitchen”可知，此处表示“厨房”，故选B。
5． 句意为：现在每次吃完饭，她都会起身，可爱地拿着碗或盘子跑向厨房！
with带着；without没有；for为了。根据“her bowl or plate!”可知，此处是带着碗或盘子跑向厨房，with表示“带着”，故选A。
6．句意为：然而，我逐渐把杂务添加到她的日常生活中。
invite邀请；do做；add添加。根据“chores to her everyday life”可知，此处表示“添加”，add...to...为固定短语，意为“把……加到……上”，故选C。
7．句意为：做家务教孩子对自己所做的事负责。
how怎样；what什么；when什么时候。根据“…he or she does”可知，空处所填词作does的宾语，表示“做什么”，此处用what引导的宾语从句，故选B。
8．句意为：这也有助于培养孩子的独立性。
develop发展；cheer欢呼；hurt伤害。根据“a child’s independence”可知，此处表示培养孩子的独立性，故选A。
9．句意为：在我看来，孩子越早学会独立，对他或她的未来就越好。
worse更差； easier更容易的；better更好的。根据“the earlier a kid learns to be independent,”可知，孩子越早学会独立，对他或她的未来就越好。故选C。
10．句意为：我认为有必要教孩子们如何做一些小家务，但大家务应该等到他们长大后再做。
but但是；so因此；or否则。根据“I think it’s necessary to teach children how to do some small chores…big chores should wait until they’re older”可知，这句话表示“有必要让孩子做一些小家务，但是大家务还是要等他们长大再做”，空格前后内容是转折关系，应用转折连词but。故选A。
【知识点】家人和亲人、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】11．A 12．B 13．C 14．C 15．B 16．A 17．B 18．B 19．C 20．A
【分析】本文讲述了作者因为每天的日常琐事对生活失去信心，但是儿子的做法让作者受到了感染和激发，决心让爱重新出现在她的家。
【详解】11．句意为：我虽然有点不高兴，但还是点头表示同意。
unhappy不开心的；unlucky不幸运的；unhealthy不健康的。根据“Though”可知，前后句句意转折，此处是指虽然不开心，但还是点头。故选A。
12．句意为：后来我仔细地修剪了它。
impatiently不耐烦地；carefully仔细地；rudely粗鲁地。根据“I’m sorry.”和“Later I pruned (修剪) it...”可知，空处应填入褒义词，carefully符合句意。故选B。
13．句意为：我已经做了最坏的打算，但老师的话还是让我大吃一惊。
and和；so因此；but但是。前后句之间是转折关系，用but连接。故选C。
14．句意为：“你知道乔纳森今天带花来学校了吗？”
pictures图片；clothes衣服；flowers花。根据“My day began when I saw my six-year-old son Jonathan doing something in the garden by my azalea bush (杜鹃花丛).”可知，是带花去学校，故选C。
15．句意为：我看见一个眼睛明亮的孩子正忙着用蜡笔画画。
red-eyed红眼睛的；bright-eyed眼睛明亮的；sad-eyed悲伤的眼睛。根据“I saw a...child busily drawing a picture with crayons (蜡笔).”可知，形容一个正忙着用蜡笔画画的孩子的眼睛，应用bright-eyed。故选B。
16．句意为：嗯，她父母分居了，她这几天心情不好。
down心情低落的；pleased满意的；relaxed放松的。根据“her parents are separated”可知，女孩心情是不好的。故选A。
17．句意为：我尽我所能去安慰她，但无济于事。
failed失败；worked起作用；lasted持续。根据“I did all I could to comfort her, but nothing”可知，前后句句意转折，做了很多努力但是不起作用。故选B。
18．句意为：你让我今天很开心。
missed错过；made使；stolen偷。根据“This morning I watched your son walk over to her with some pretty pink flowers and say, ‘This is for you.’”可知，作者儿子的所作所为让她很开心。故选B。
19．句意为：乔纳森对小女孩的好意使我感到温暖，我决定把它传递下去。
thanks感谢；regret后悔；kindness善意。根据“I was warmed by the...Jonathan showed to the little girl,”可知，乔纳森对小女孩的善意，使作者感到温暖。故选C。
20．句意为：那天晚上，当我丈夫结束劳累的工作回到家时，我摘了一些粉红色的杜鹃花递给他。
picked摘；sold卖；borrowed借。根据“and handed them to him.”可知，是摘下花朵，再递给丈夫。故选A。
【知识点】个人经历、记叙文
【答案】21．C 22．B 23．B 24．A 25．C 26．C 27．A 28．B 29．C 30．A
【分析】本文主要讲述“我”在等待母亲时偶遇孩子玩耍的场景，由此回忆起自己无忧无虑的童年时光，感慨童年是生命中最甜蜜的时光。
【详解】21． 句意为：突然，一个球滚进了停车场，停在我面前。
stone石头；toy玩具；ball球。根据下文“Just when I was about to pick up the ball”可知，滚进来的是“球”，故选C。
22．句意为：我环顾四周，等着有人来拿走它，但没人出现。
showed off炫耀；showed up出现；showed around带领参观。根据“waited for someone to come”可知，此处指没人“出现”，故选B。
23．句意为：就在我要捡起球的时候，我看到两个孩子朝我跑过来。
strangers陌生人；kids孩子；adults成年人。根据下文“a number of children”可知，跑过来的是“孩子”，故选B。
24．句意为：我很好奇他们从哪里来。
curious好奇的；nervous紧张的；serious严肃的。根据“decided to quietly follow them”可知，“我”对他们的来源感到“好奇”，故选A。
25．句意为：在学校操场上，许多孩子在大笑、追球或和朋友开玩笑。
arguing争吵；crying哭泣；laughing大笑。根据“making fun of their friends”和“having a good time”可知，孩子们在“大笑”，故选C。
26．句意为：孩子们的景象让我的心感到温暖，让我想起了过去那些无忧无虑的日子。
sad悲伤的；heavy沉重的；warm温暖的。根据“reminding me of carefree days”可知，这一幕让“我”内心“温暖”，故选C。
27．句意为：那时，午餐时间意味着吃妈妈精心准备的家常菜，而不是食堂里油腻的现成午餐。
home-made自制的；store-bought商店买的；restaurant-served餐厅供应的。根据“lovingly prepared by my mom”可知，是“家常菜”，故选A。
28．句意为：期末考试是我唯一需要担心的事情。
talk谈论；worry担心；learn学习。根据“The final exams were the only thing I had to ... about.”可知，学生时期“担心”的是考试，故选B。
29．句意为：许多人进入了我的生活，但很少有人能像我的校友那样创造甜蜜的回忆。
all全部；some一些；few很少。根据“but”表转折可知，与校友相比，后来的人“很少”能创造同样甜蜜的回忆，故选C。
30．句意为：如果有机会和操场上的孩子们说话，我会说：“童年是生命中最甜蜜的时光。”
Childhood童年；Adulthood成年；Neighborhood邻里。根据全文对学生时代的怀念可知，此处强调“童年”最甜蜜，故选A。
【知识点】其他人、记叙文
【答案】31．B 32．A 33．A 34．C 35．B 36．C 37．B 38．A 39．B 40．C
【分析】本文讲述了孤独的Hatch先生的生活因一份意外的礼物而发生改变，又因发现是误会而恢复原状，最终在邻居的关爱下再次感受到温暖的故事。
【详解】31．句意为：他在回家的路上几乎不和任何人交谈。
often经常；hardly几乎不；always总是。根据前文“He walked alone to work every day, and ate his lunch in a corner. He never smiled.”可知，Hatch先生过着孤独的生活，所以他几乎不和别人说话。故选B。
32．句意为：然而，有一天他的生活改变了，他收到一个装满巧克力的心形盒子，还有一张纸条，上面写着：“有人爱你”。
loves爱；hates恨；knows知道。结合后文“The message opened his...to the power of love.”可知，纸条传达的是爱的信息。故选A。
33．句意为：一开始，他不敢相信，但当他读到纸条上的内容时，他开始笑着四处跳舞。
message消息、信息；decision决定；introduction介绍。根据上文“along with a piece of paper that said”可知，这里指的是读到纸条上的信息。故选A。
34．句意为：这条信息用爱的力量触动了他的心。
eye眼睛；hand手；heart心。“open one’s heart”是固定短语，意为“打开某人的心”，这里说信息用爱打开了他的心扉。故选C。
35．句意为：他在工作中变得很快乐，并开始帮助邻里的人们。
work out解决、算出；help out帮助；give out分发。根据“He became a joy at work”可知，他变得快乐后开始去帮助别人。故选B。
36．句意为：随着时间一天天、一周周过去，他的笑声、微笑、善良、快乐和爱感动了他周围的每一个人。
turned转动；held握住；moved感动。结合“the days and weeks went by, his laughter, smiles, kindness, happiness and love”可知，他积极的状态和情感应该是感动了周围的人。故选C。
37．句意为：后来，Hatch先生发现这个心形盒子属于别人。
anybody任何人；somebody某人；everybody每个人。根据“It was a mistake.”可知，这个盒子不是给自己的，盒子是别人的，肯定句中用somebody。故选B。
38．句意为：他感到难过，又回到了他以前的生活方式。
old旧的、以前的；good好的；right正确的。根据“He felt sad”可知，发现是误会后他又变回了之前孤独的样子。故选A。
39．句意为：然而，当他的邻居们发现后，他们决定不能失去他所分享的光芒。
asked询问；decided决定；explained解释。根据“not to lose the light he shared. ”可知，邻居们决定不让Hatch先生再变回以前孤独的样子。故选B。
40．句意为：然后他笑了，拥抱了他的朋友们，感到很温暖。
cool凉爽的；worried担忧的；warm温暖的。根据“knew that somebody loved him after all”可知，知道有人爱他，他内心应该是感到温暖的。故选C。
【知识点】个人经历、俱乐部/社团、情感与情绪、记叙文
【答案】
41．B 42．A 43．B 44．A 45．A 46．B 47．C 48．C 49．C 50．C
【分析】本文主要介绍了Lily和Amy两个好朋友，学校有一个才艺表演，Lily想参加但因为紧张差点放弃，Amy鼓励她，最后她成功表演的故事。
【详解】41．句意为：莉莉和艾米是两个最好的朋友。
students学生；friends朋友；sisters姐妹。根据“They live in the same neighborhood ...They always play sports together and share secrets after class.”可知，她们是好朋友。故选B。
42．句意为：莉莉很高兴，因为她喜欢唱歌和跳舞。
loves喜爱；dislikes不喜欢；remembers记得。根据“Their school has a talent show (才艺表演) in January. Lily is very happy...She wants to join the show so much”可知，莉莉喜欢唱歌和跳舞。故选A。
43．句意为：艾米说她很乐意帮助她练习。
play玩；practise练习；come来。根据“She wants to join the show so much”可知，艾米很乐意帮助她练习。故选B。
44．句意为：她认为自己不够完美，做不到。
perfect完美的；healthy健康的；strong强壮的。根据“Amy tries to encourage her”可知，她认为自己不够完美，故选A。
45．句意为：但艾米握住她的手说：“要勇敢，继续努力。”
hands手；gloves手套；feelings感觉。take one’s hands握住某人的手，故选A。
46．句意为：但艾米握住她的手说：“要勇敢，继续努力。”
thinking思考；trying尝试；following跟随。根据“At last, Lily is about to give up”可知，艾米鼓励她尝试一下，故选B。
47．句意为：我相信如果你尽自己最大的努力，你可以做到的。
so因此；but但是；if如果。根据“you can do it... you try your best”可知，后句是前句的条件，用if引导条件状语从句，故选C。
48．句意为：这次莉莉听了朋友的话，走上了舞台。
talks about谈论；picks up捡2025--2026年最新人教版中考英语完形填空【15空】分类基础提高综合练习【 含答案 word版】
一、人与自我（本大题共9小题）
Dear Li Hua，
Hi! my name is David and I am your new pen 1 . I am twelve years old. I'm 1 New York, the USA. I 2 in Grade 7 in a middle school. I go to school 3 Monday to Friday. The 4 starts (开始) at 7：30. I have four classes in the morning. Then I have a healthy 5 at the school and my classes 6 at 3：30 in the afternoon. I am good at 8 . I also like geography and art 7 my favourite subject is music. I think it's very 10 . And I often go to the concert (音乐会) with my friends. 8 all like classical music (古典音乐). They are so great. For 12 ， I like swimming. I also like basketball and soccer. And I 9 baseball well. On Sundays, I go to the church with my parents.
Please write and tell me 10 you and your life. What subjects and sports do you like And 11 do you do in your free (空闲的) time
Your friend，
David
1．A．teacher B．sister C．friend D．aunt
2．A．at B．on C．in D．to
3．A．is B．am C．are D．be
4．A．after B．with C．at D．from
5．A．school B．room C．library D．classroom
6．A．breakfast B．lunch C．dinner D．ice cream
7．A．finish B．sell C．eat D．know
8．A．volleyball B．fruit C．food D．maths
9．A．or B．but C．so D．because
10．A．relaxing B．long C．boring D．difficult
11．A．They B．We C．You D．Us
12．A．months B．clothes C．sports D．colours
13．A．play B．see C．want D．thank
14．A．under B．after C．about D．in
15．A．when B．why C．where D．what
Dear Andrew，
Thank you for writing to me. I want to tell you something 12 my class and life.
My class is very special.The students come from 13 countries. Six of them come from America and the others come from Canada, Australia and the UK. They all 14 English. They are good friends. They are 15 and they always help each other. All of our 16 are Chinese, but they teach 17 in English. They work hard, and they are very kind.
We have some 18 in our school—the Music Club, the Reading Club and the Sports Club. Many boys want to be a 19 of the Sports Club.We can play basketball, volleyball and tennis, and we like basketball best. We think playing basketball is 19 . We all 20 to be a great basketball player in the future.
I often get up at 6：00 in the morning. At 6：40, I have 21 . Then I do morning exercises at 7：30.I have lessons 21 8：25 to 11：50 every morning. After 4：40 in the afternoon, I often do some 22 with my classmates. I play basketball for about one hour every day, then I 24 . Sometimes I watch TV before having supper. 23 I go to bed, I must finish my homework. At 9：30, I must go to bed because I will go to school the next day.
That's my class and life. What about yours？Please email me soon!
All the best，
Simon
12．A．with B．about C．for D．at
13．A．same B．different C．old D．new
14．A．speak B．say C．talk D．tell
15．A．sad B．funny C．helpful D．healthy
16．A．parents B．brothers C．teachers D．students
17．A．us B．it C．you D．them
18．A．classes B．subjects C．computers D．clubs
19．A．master B．member C．worker D．friend
20．A．fun B．bad C．busy D．tired
21．A．enjoy B．want C．get D．come
22．A．breakfast B．lunch C．supper D．dinner
23．A．at B．in C．on D．from
24．A．shopping B．homework C．sports D．cleaning
25．A．go to bed B．go home C．go shopping D．go to school
26．A．Because B．And C．After D．Before
My name is Wang Yong. I live in a happy family, and 24 people are in it—my parents, my brother and me. My father 25 at No.1 Middle School. He is a 26 teacher. He teaches students maths. My mother works at No.1 Middle School, 4 . She is an English teacher. I'm a student at No.2 Middle School. I 27 many subjects at school, and my favourite subject is English. I like 28 very much. I often talk with my mother 29 English at home. She teaches me a lot. My father also 30 me with my maths at home. So I do well in these two 9 . My brother is Wang Jun. He is a student, too. He is 10 31 old. He 32 music. He thinks it is relaxing. He also loves sports, and 33 is his favourite. He likes milk and eggs because they are 13 . But I like fruit and vegetables. We play games after school.
I'm really 14 . I thank my 34 very much. They give us lots of love.
24．A．four B．three C．five D．six
25．A．eats B．works C．plays D．buys
26．A．music B．science C．maths D．history
27．A．also B．only C．too D．really
28．A．sell B．have C．find D．join
29．A．Chinese B．art C．English D．music
30．A．at B．in C．for D．with
31．A．asks B．thanks C．meets D．helps
32．A．subjects B．sports C．colours D．numbers
33．A．years B．year C．months D．month
34．A．like B．likes C．don't like D．doesn't like
35．A．shopping B．painting C．football D．reading
36．A．health B．unhealthy C．healthy D．bad
37．A．sad B．unhappy C．boring D．happy
38．A．brothers B．sisters C．parents D．uncles
Anna is an 11 year old girl. She likes music, and she 35 sing very well. In her free time, she often sings for her friends. This term she 36 the music club in her school. She goes there every Friday afternoon. There are many students in the club. They think music can 37 them happy. Anna 38 thinks so, and she wants to be a great singer one day.
Frank and Cindy are Anna's 5 . Frank likes reading and storybooks are his favourite. He often 39 stories to his classmates after class. Sometimes, he also 40 stories. His stories are really interesting, 41 many of his classmates like them.
Cindy is 42 drawing and she is in the art club in her school. Next Friday, she will draw 43 pictures for the school art festival. She will be happy to see all the students like her 11 .
These three friends are very 12 . They are good with children. Every weekend, they 44 at the children's home. Anna usually sings for 14 . Frank tells them stories. And Cindy teaches them 45 to draw well. All the children there like them very much.
35．A．will B．shall C．can D．need
36．A．sees B．joins C．calls D．finds
37．A．want B．think C．take D．make
38．A．also B．only C．even D．still
39．A．cousins B．teachers C．friends D．parents
40．A．speaks B．talks C．tells D．says
41．A．spells B．watches C．plays D．writes
42．A．so B．but C．or D．then
43．A．careful with B．worried about C．good for D．good at
44．A．much B．some C．a D．an
45．A．games B．songs C．pictures D．stories
46．A．nice B．right C．tall D．healthy
47．A．sleep B．help C．study D．eat
48．A．him B．you C．us D．them
49．A．what B．how C．where D．when
In 1978, I was 18 and was working as a nurse in a small town about 270 km away from Sydney, Australia.I was looking forward to having five 46 off duty.Unfortunately, the only one train a day back to my home in Sydney had already 47 .So I thought I'd hitch a lift (搭便车)．
I waited by the side of the highway for three hours 48 no one stopped for me.Finally, a man walked over here and 49 himself as Gordon.He said that although he couldn't give me a lift, he could offer me lunch.He noticed me 50 for hours in the November heat and thought I must be 51 .I was in 52 as a young girl but he assured (使确信) me I was safe, and he also 53 to help me find a lift home later.When I arrived at his house, he made me sandwiches. 54 lunch, he helped me find a lift home.
Twenty five years later, in 2003, while I was driving to a nearby town one day, I saw a(n) 55 man standing in the glaring heat, trying to hitch a lift. I thought it was a(n) 56 to repay the favour I'd been given decades earlier.I pulled over and 57 him up.I made him comfortable on the back seat and offered him some water.
After a few moments of small talk, the man said to me, “You haven't changed a bit.Even your red hair is still the same.” 58 ， I realized I had met him before.I just couldn't remember 59 I'd met him.He then told me he was the man who had given me 60 and helped me find a lift many years ago.It was Gordon.
46．A．seconds　　　　　　B．minutes C．hours D．days
47．A．left B．begun C．finished D．completed
48．A．and B．but C．or D．so
49．A．advised B．supported C．interviewed D．introduced
50．A．running B．walking C．standing D．lying
51．A．hungry B．angry C．sleepy D．lazy
52．A．danger B．doubt C．trouble D．surprise
53．A．asked B．encouraged C．offered D．advised
54．A．After B．Before C．Until D．Since
55．A．young B．elderly C．strong D．active
56．A．decision B．order C．choice D．chance
57．A．picked B．woke C．cheered D．gave
58．A．Luckily B．Suddenly C．Sadly D．Probably
59．A．how B．why C．where D．whether
60．A．breakfast B．lunch C．dinner D．supper
[2024河北沧州期末·改编]My name is Bill. I am a student in No.9 Middle School. Our school life is very colourful. I like 61 best, because we have lots of fun activities this month. In the first week, we usually 62 a sports meeting. Many of my classmates are 63 the sports games, but I am not. Because I am a fat boy and it is really 64 for me to do sports. On November 11th or 12th, we usually have a school 5 . We go to many places. We often go to the 6 . There are many old things there. We can know about their history. Our teacher, Miss Green, 65 we can learn a lot there. On the last day of the month, November 8 ， our school has a charity sale. We usually 66 old things. We can also buy some at good 10 . After the activity, we can raise some 11 . We can give the money to the schools in Liangshan, Sichuan, 67 the kids there are very poor. 68 need(s) our help.
You see, we are usually very 69 this month, but we can have a good time. I'm 70 in your school life. Could you tell me some
61．A．September B．October　　C．November D．December
62．A．buy B．have C．like D．find
63．A．in B．on C．at D．of
64．A．interesting B．difficult C．helpful D．relaxing
65．A．bag B．trip C．song D．flag
66．A．zoo B．mountain C．park D．museum
67．A．teaches B．shows C．speaks D．thinks
68．A．3rd B．13th C．30th D．1st
69．A．sell B．make C．know D．lose
70．A．sales B．habits C．dollars D．prices
71．A．books B．money C．time D．tea
72．A．but B．so C．because D．and
73．A．We B．They C．He D．It
74．A．busy B．healthy C．happy D．kind
75．A．interested B．afraid　C．tired D．sad
Dear Annie，
Thank you 71 your letter. I'm glad you like your 72 and classmates. So I would like to 73 about something about my life.
I go to school from Monday to 4 . We have four 74 in the morning and two in the afternoon. We have many 75 to do after class. On Monday and Wednesday afternoon, we 76 sports. On Tuesday afternoon 77 of us have a singing class. And on Thursday 78 some have a drawing class. They love 79 very much. On Friday afternoon we join a(n) 80 club (俱乐部). My Chinese friends like to 81 English with me. They think I am like an English teacher. It's 13 .
On Saturdays and Sundays, I don't go to 14 . Very often I go to the parks and have a good time 82 my family there.
Yours，
Amy
71．A．on B．in C．about D．for
72．A．work B．school C．job D．age
73．A．talk B．think C．see D．have
74．A．Tuesday B．Wednesday C．Friday D．Sunday
75．A．classes B．boys C．girls D．grades
76．A．days B．friends C．things D．something
77．A．take B．are C．want D．play
78．A．some B．any C．no D．one
79．A．morning B．afternoon C．evening D．night
80．A．me B．him C．her D．it
81．A．Chinese B．English C．science D．history
82．A．say B．speak C．hear D．listen
83．A．tired B．bored C．bad D．great
84．A．zoo B．home C．school D．park
85．A．for B．with C．of D．about
From Monday to 1 ， students usually get up at seven. Then they wash their hands and have breakfast. They usually have eggs, bread, fruit and a glass of 2 . After breakfast they go to school on foot or by yellow school 3 . Some students ride bikes. They get to school at 83 half past eight. Then they put their 84 in their lockers (锁柜) and take only one book, a notebook and a pencil to each class. In middle school, students have 85 for six hours. Their classes are English, writing, maths, 86 and so on. At noon students have lunch at school. They usually 87 meat, fruit, vegetables, rice and a drink. 88 some students like pizza, hot dogs and hamburgers better. Students don't have a short 10 . They go back to have classes 89 lunch until three o'clock. Then they 12 . Students usually play or watch TV before 13 . They have supper at six in the evening. The supper usually includes soup, meat, 90 and noodles. After supper they do their homework. 91 they play or talk with their parents.
83．A．Tuesday B．Friday C．Saturday D．Sunday
84．A．milk B．dumplings C．meat D．carrot
85．A．car B．bike C．bus D．plane
86．A．about B．on C．for D．behind
87．A．schoolbags B．clothes C．pencil cases D．money
88．A．meals B．a break C．each class D．classes
89．A．music B．shopping C．cleaning D．rest
90．A．take B．have C．eat D．bring
91．A．So B．Though C．Because D．But
92．A．sleep B．talk C．drink D．holiday
93．A．at B．before C．after D．in
94．A．wash clothes B．go home C．go to bed D．take photos
95．A．breakfast B．lunch C．supper D．bread
96．A．vegetables B．bowls C．plates D．bottles
97．A．Never B．Very C．Either D．Sometimes
There was a Wall of Fame (荣誉墙) board at the back of the classroom. Every year Mr Mason posted (张贴) photos of his students and had them sign their names.
Lisa made a new hairstyle and wore a pretty dress for the photo. She looked forward to seeing a(n) 92 photo too much.
It was Monday. Mr Mason came into the classroom with the students' 93 in his hand. All students 94 to see their own photos. Mr Mason called Jack, Mary, Peter… to post 95 photos on the wall. It seemed to be a long time 96 Mr Mason came to Lisa. But Mr Mason 97 her a paper bag and whispered, “Retakes (重拍) are on Wednesday.”
Retakes Lisa was 17 . How terrible could it be She took a deep 98 and opened the bag. Her eyes were 99 in the photo. Then Lisa looked around the classroom. A few others turned over their photos on their desks. They were also asked to retake their photos.
“Mr Mason, can I ask the class a question？” Lisa asked.
Mr Mason nodded.
Lisa stood up and asked, “Does anybody 100 have a bad photo My eyes are closed. And I look funny.”
“I am sleepy in my photo，” Jeff said. “How funny it is！”
“My hair is dancing in the air，” Melanie laughed 21 .
“I have an 22 .What about starting a new noticeboard for funny photos We could call it ‘Funny Faces’，” she said. She walked 101 the back and posted her photo on the noticeboard.
“Great! Everything will be better if we treat it 24 ，” Mr Mason said.
Without saying anything, Jeff, Melanie and several others posted their photos next to Lisa's.
102 was smiling. The whole classroom was full of joy.
92．A．beautiful B．strange C．bad D．ugly
93．A．books B．cards C．photos D．papers
94．A．disliked B．hoped C．refused D．forgot
95．A．my B．our C．your D．their
96．A．so B．since C．before D．after
97．A．made B．gave C．lent D．bought
98．A．touched B．relaxed C．bored D．surprised
99．A．taste B．sleep C．breath D．discussion
100．A．big B．small C．open D．closed
101．A．even B．also C．still D．already
102．A．sadly B．luckily C．happily D．angrily
103．A．idea B．order C．ability D．address
104．A．to B．past C．across D．through
105．A．hardly B．actively C．carefully D．politely
106．A．Someone B．Anyone C．No one D．Everyone
二、人与社会（本大题共14小题）
Last summer my son, Eric, left for university in another country. Our once lively house became quiet and 35 . I missed him so much that I started sending him messages on the phone, mainly to say 103 or to give him a word of warning.
One of my messages says, “So you told me you 104 your credit card(信用卡). If you don’t try hard to mend your careless ways, one day you’ll 105 and find your brain missing.”
I did get Eric's messages, but most of them were about 39 . They were no different from the notes he used to leave 106 the white board when he was at home.
“I bought a new pair of shoes. They cost me $90. Please help!”
“Money is running short 107 I’ve bought some books for my research paper. Help me please!”
42 , however, Eric begins to send me all kinds of articles: some funny, some touching and some worth 43 . He says they will help me understand young men better and keep up with the times.
I read the articles slowly, like a 108 student, with mixed feelings as well—my kid, who followed me around not long ago, has now become my 109 .
So I write back. “I’ve read all those articles. I’ll take 110 as a loving son’s expectations towards his mother. He must be thinking that his mother is still 111 enough to accept new things. That makes me feel proud. What we parents lack(缺乏) most is the ability to learn and 112 , in both body and mind. Thank you, my son.”
In this way we share ideas and 113 each other, with a gentle and beautiful language we seldom use. Every time I read those messages, I feel my heart filled with warmth.
103．A．dark B．clean C．lonely D．comfortable
104．A．hello B．sorry C．thanks D．goodbye
105．A．lost B．lent C．designed D．received
106．A．give up B．wake up C．set off D．take off
107．A．health B．music C．money D．safety
108．A．on B．across C．behind D．opposite
109．A．if B．until C．though D．because
110．A．Luckily B．Actually C．Recently D．Immediately
111．A．copying B．writing C．thinking D．correcting
112．A．crazy B．popular C．nervous D．careful
113．A．doctor B．teacher C．customer D．classmate
114．A．us B．you C．him D．them
115．A．young B．pretty C．friendly D．honest
116．A．fight B．change C．exercise D．remember
117．A．watch B．invite C．protect D．encourage
[2024江苏泰州调研·改编]I often go to a shopping centre with my mother. The shopping centre is new and 1 . There are lots of great things. There are 114 and food. There are many people there. 115 do many people go there to buy things Do you know Let me 116 you. The things there are 117 and at a great price. The 118 there are nice. They are 119 to others. So I buy a red T shirt 120 only 12 dollars. My sister Mary 121 a yellow sweater.But it's too small. She 122 a new one. She goes to the shopping centre with us on Sunday, because she doesn't go to 123 that day. There are many clothes on 12 . They are very nice. They are in all 13 . There are red, black, green and blue ones. She likes a blue sweater very much, 124 it's too big. At last, she 125 a green sweater for only 20 dollars.
114．A．old B．big C．boring D．sad
115．A．apples B．fruits C．desserts D．clothes
116．A．What B．When C．Why D．Where
117．A．tell B．think C．feed D．climb
118．A．bad B．good C．small D．long
119．A．women B．girls C．clerks D．boys
120．A．friendly B．angry C．fat D．cold
121．A．in B．to C．for D．on
122．A．ends B．passes C．misses D．has
123．A．calls B．needs C．eats D．walks
124．A．school B．shop C．zoo D．home
125．A．sale B．family C．sweater D．food
126．A．sizes B．colours C．problems D．things
127．A．and B．but C．or D．so
128．A．takes B．sells C．lists D．stays
先通读短文，掌握其大意，然后从 A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案。
It’s my son’s 126 birthday today. I go into a cake shop to buy a big birthday cake 127 him.
There are a lot of people in the shop. I find a little 128 watching the cakes for a long time. He is in 129 clothes. At last he 130 money to the shopkeeper and says, “I want the 131 cake.”
“Sorry, the cake is 15 yuan, 132 you only have 10 yuan,” says the shopkeeper. “I have no more money,” says the little boy and he begins to 133 .
“ 134 would you like to buy the cake for ” I ask.
“My mum, madam.”
“Why doesn’t she 135 and buy one ”
“My father left us three years ago,” the boy 136 . “We don’t have much money. My mother has to 137 from morning to night every day. She celebrated (庆祝) my birthday in the past eight years, but she never celebrated 138 . I want to buy a small cake for her. But I don’t have enough 139 …”
“Oh, my poor boy! My son is at your age. I’m your 140 friend and I work with her,” I say. “I will buy her a nice birthday cake.”
126．A．sixth B．seventh C．eighth D．ninth
127．A．for B．with C．on D．to
128．A．boy B．girl C．man D．woman
129．A．old B．new C．fun D．nice
130．A．takes B．gives C．finds D．loses
131．A．short B．long C．small D．big
132．A．or B．so C．and D．but
133．A．see B．play C．cry D．smile
134．A．Who B．What C．Where D．Why
135．A．go B．come C．bring D．make
136．A．tells B．speaks C．says D．talks
137．A．eat B．work C．shop D．think
138．A．theirs B．mine C．his D．hers
139．A．room B．time C．food D．money
140．A．uncle’s B．father’s C．mother’s D．sister’s
Dear Lucy，
I miss you very much! 141 are you doing I am writing this 142 to invite (邀请) you to my 143 party tomorrow afternoon.
The party begins (开始) at 5：00 p．m. at my home. 144 my birthday, my father usually gives some interesting books to me and I like to 145 them very much.My mother usually 146 a pair of running shoes for me. The shoes are nice. I love 7 ， too. My friends come to the party with their 8 . At the party, you can eat 147 kinds of fruits, bread and cakes. You can drink juice, yogurt or 10 .
My mother will cook some 148 food. If you come, you can meet my friends. They are all very 12 . Dora and Jean 149 very cute. John and Tim are very helpful (乐于助人的). They often 150 me with my homework.
I'm looking forward to seeing you at the party. If you will not come, please let me 15 .
Yours，
Kate
141．A．Where B．Why C．How D．Who
142．A．bag B．cat C．book D．letter
143．A．birthday B．club C．match D．game
144．A．In B．At C．On D．To
145．A．find B．taste C．look D．read
146．A．gives B．buys C．lends D．shows
147．A．it B．they C．their D．them
148．A．presents B．picnics C．classes D．schools
149．A．no B．same C．different D．every
150．A．vegetables B．fish　 C．water D．chicken
151．A．delicious B．short C．strong D．quiet
152．A．sad B．angry C．ready D．kind
153．A．is B．am C．be D．are
154．A．play B．tell C．help D．like
155．A．see B．set C．watch D．know
Do you learn about the name Shangri La In 1933, people in the world first knew the name Shangri La because of a famous 151 named Lost Horizon. In the book, Shangri La is a beautiful place. There people live a 152 and peaceful life. Interestingly, in China, there is a(n) 153 Shangri La.
Shangri La is 154 the northwest of Yunnan. It has blue skies, sweet flowers, 155 rivers and lakes, and tall mountains. People 156 it is the most beautiful place in the world.
However, in the past Shangri La was not very 157 to get to. It is in the deep mountains 158 has very complicated terrain(复杂的地形). In 1639, Xu Xiake, a famous traveller in China, wasn't able to 159 the place because the trip would be too dangerous. Even in modern times, people could 160 get there by plane or by bus. The shortest bus trip would 161 over 3 hours.
Luckily, on November 26, 2023, the first railway to Shangri La 12 . The railway connects(连接) 162 with Lijiang, another beautiful city in Yunnan. The railway is about 139 km long. People can travel between the two 163 in just about 80 minutes. Isn't it great
Thanks to the Lijiang Shangri La Railway, more people will be able to 164 the beauty of Shangri La and the people there will live a better life.
151．A．book B．news C．newspaper D．magazine
152．A．bad B．hard C．happy D．poor
153．A．small B．real C．big D．ugly
154．A．with B．to C．about D．in
155．A．dirty B．clean C．boring D．old
156．A．plan B．forget C．say D．dream
157．A．easy B．difficult C．lucky D．exciting
158．A．but B．and C．so D．when
159．A．think of B．dream of C．get to D．talk about
160．A．still B．ever C．even D．only
161．A．take B．bring C．borrow D．spend
162．A．stopped B．opened C．closed D．broke
163．A．her B．him C．it D．them
164．A．capitals B．worlds C．countries D．cities
165．A．help B．ask C．thank D．enjoy
Time to let go
When I asked my mum and dad if I could go to Kavos with some of my friends for a week, the last thing I thought they would say was “yes”．And at first, they didn't.They just went on and on about all of the 165 dangers.So I tried to change their minds.I said to them, “If you were 166 about the possibility of me falling off a wall and dying in Kavos, then why weren't you also worried about the possibility of the same thing happening to 167 in London？”
Finally, they agreed— 168 ．My mum and dad took me to the 169 ．I had to travel alone because my 170 had flown out the day before.I arrived at the hotel and met my friends at 6 a．m., after a long 171 of flying.
After having left my luggage (行李) in my room, I 172 our resort (度假村) with my friends.Everyone spoke English and 173 looked like a cheap American film set.It was just 174 we all needed after a long year of busy schedules.
I promised my parents I wouldn't go out every night. 175 once you were there, it just couldn't be helped.Every one of us wanted to make the most of the week.At some point, I thought we did get a bit too 176 ．
I still wonder if my parents were happy with their 177 ．I won't be surprised if my mum still 178 it.But I did have a wonderful holiday.
I think the 179 made my parents realize that at some point, they have to let go.We have to be given the chance to make our own mistakes and to learn for ourselves what the world is really all about.
165．A．possible B．valuable C．suitable D．personal
166．A．amazed B．worried C．known D．certain
167．A．me B．you C．us D．him
168．A．unluckily B．probably C．simply D．unwillingly
169．A．bus station B．railway station C．airport D．hotel
170．A．parents B．friends C．teachers D．relatives
171．A．night B．day C．noon D．morning
172．A．arrived B．explored C．remained D．discovered
173．A．nobody B．no one C．everywhere D．nowhere
174．A．why B．how C．when D．what
175．A．But B．And C．So D．As
176．A．lazy B．busy C．crazy D．angry
177．A．decision B．play C．work D．holiday
178．A．remembers B．regrets C．encourages D．prefers
179．A．conversation B．experience C．story D．achievement
[2022广东中山第一中学、铁城中学、花城中学一模]Mr. Jackson was our science teacher. On the first day of class, he gave us a talk about an animal called wampus. He told us that the wampus lived on earth millions of years ago during the Ice Age and died out because of the change of climate (气候). We all listened carefully and took 180 of everything he said. Later we had a 181 .
When the exam paper was 182 to me, I was surprised and sad. There was a big red “×” through each of my answers. I failed. But how come 183 on the test paper, I had 184 what Mr. Jackson said in class.
Then I realized that no one 185 the exam at all. What had happened
“Very simple.” Mr. Jackson explained. “I had 186 all that story about the wampus. There had never been any such animal, so the information in your notes was not correct. Do you expect to get 187 marks for incorrect answers ”
Hearing this, we felt it hard to understand so we were 188 . What kind of test was this What kind of teacher was he
How could we believe he gave us so much information about an animal that had not been there at all How was it possible for us students to 189 what the teacher taught us
“The zeros on your papers will be 190 in your grade books,” he said. And he did it.
Through this experience, Mr. Jackson hoped that we would learn something. Teachers and books are not always 191 . In fact, no one is. He told us not to let our mind go to sleep. Instead, we should keep thinking all the time and speak up if we think there are 192 in our teachers’ words or in books.
We should 193 the habit of doubting, and the ability to decide by ourselves. What a special 194 he gave us! I will always remember it.
180．A．books B．notes C．supports D．messages
181．A．discussion B．question C．test D．plan
182．A．returned B．directed C．added D．arrived
183．A．Anyway B．Anytime C．Anywhere D．Anyone
184．A．cut down B．turned down C．broken down D．written down
185．A．refused B．pushed C．passed D．created
186．A．made of B．made from C．made in D．made up
187．A．useful B．high C．exact D．low
188．A．polite B．glad C．excited D．angry
189．A．praise B．guard C．doubt D．reflect
190．A．recorded B．described C．collected D．circled
191．A．interesting B．right C．active D．silent
192．A．decisions B．reasons C．points D．mistakes
193．A．repeat B．risk C．develop D．move
194．A．call B．promise C．honour D．lesson
Once upon a time, an old man spread rumours that his neighbour was a thief.As a(n) __ 195 __, the young man was taken away by police.Days later the young man was set free.He felt so __ 196 __ with the old man and decided to sue (起诉) him.
In court, the old man __ 197 __ the judge, “They were just comments, and didn’t hurt __ 198 __.” The judge told the old man, “Write all the things you said about him on a piece of __ 199 __.Tear it up and on the way home, throw the pieces of the paper out.Tomorrow, come back to hear the sentence(宣判).”
The next day, the judge told the old man, “Before receiving the sentence, you will have to __ 200 __ and collect all the pieces of the paper that you threw out yesterday.” The old man said, “I __ 201 __ do that! The wind must have blown them away and I don’t know __ 202 __ to find them.”
The judge then replied, “The same way, simple comments may destroy the honour of a man to such an extent that one is not able to __ 203 __ it.If you can’t speak __ 204 __ of someone, rather don’t say anything at all.Let’s all be masters of our __ 205 __, so that we won’t be slaves (奴隶) of our words.” The old man realized his mistake __ 206 __ asked for forgiveness.
Rumours are worse than thieves because they __ 207 __ another person’s reputation (名声) which is impossible to restore.So remember this: when your feet slip, you can always recover your balance but when your tongue slips, you can never recover your __ 208 __! Those who guard their mouths and their tongues keep themselves away __ 209 __ danger.
195．A．reason B．report C．excuse D．result
196．A．angry B．young C．happy D．sad
197．A．questioned B．told C．said D．asked
198．A．someone B．no one C．anyone D．everyone
199．A．news B．advice C．cake D．paper
200．A．go out B．break out C．carry out D．turn out
201．A．needn’t B．mustn’t C．shouldn’t D．can’t
202．A．where B．when C．why D．whether
203．A．become B．answer C．fix D．protect
204．A．slowly B．quickly C．badly D．highly
205．A．writers B．mouths C．friends D．enemies
206．A．because B．or C．and D．so
207．A．win B．steal C．send D．protect
208．A．words B．things C．wounds D．neighbours
209．A．of B．from C．in D．out
阅读短文，从短文后各题所给的三个选项（A、B和C）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A few years ago, while I was on a cycling (骑自行车) trip in Brazil, I fell off my bike. I 210 my knees a little bit, but the front wheel of my bike was broken badly. It was really a 211 day for me and I needed a helping hand. At that time I remembered seeing a house a few minutes ago, so I 212 my bike and started walking.
I didn’t speak the local language except “please” and “thank you”, but I needed tools to 213 the bike. I had no idea how to 214 what happened. Then I remembered my translation app! I knew it wouldn’t be perfect, but 215 it would tell people the basics. I walked towards the house, app in hand, and 216 on the door.
The elderly woman Lisa who answered the door looked at me, my broken bike and my 217 . She welcomed me warmly. I was sitting on a chair, with my knees bandaged (绑上绷带的) in just five 218 time. Lisa’s husband Gustavo and a group of neighbors had appeared from nowhere during the five minutes. My accident was 219 becoming a party. Gustavo and a neighbor were enjoying a heated 220 about the best way to repair the wheel on my bike. A bike accident is likely to be a bad thing. But by the time Lisa and Gustavo 221 me at my hotel that night, with a full stomach and a clean, fully repaired bike, I felt like the 222 man in the world.
Although we were 223 before the accident, their behavior encouraged me a lot. I don’t know how to express my 224 . Even today, their kindness continues to make me smile.
210．A．helped B．hurt C．changed
211．A．nice B．difficult C．normal
212．A．used up B．built up C．picked up
213．A．repair B．design C．find
214．A．see B．explain C．understand
215．A．at least B．at most C．at last
216．A．worked B．went C．knocked
217．A．knees B．head C．arms
218．A．hours’ B．minutes’ C．seconds’
219．A．quickly B．calmly C．carefully
220．A．memory B．reason C．discussion
221．A．forgot B．left C．invited
222．A．slowest B．healthiest C．luckiest
223．A．friends B．relatives C．strangers
224．A．thanks B．surprise C．regrets
It was Monday morning. Mrs. Brown, Jerry’s English teacher, 225 the class a task. Mrs. Brown said, “This week is Hunt for Happiness Week. Your task is to 226 a composition (作文) this weekend. In your composition, you must tell me 227 you hunt for happiness.”
Jerry 228 writing compositions. Writing was always a (n) 229 thing for him. He said to himself, “What a hard task! Hunting for happiness My life is 230 . What am I going to do to 231 happiness ”
During the following 232 , Jerry had to look for happiness. One day, he had dinner with his 233 . His brother told an interesting story and they all 234 . At that time, Jerry told himself that having dinner with his family made him 235 .
One day, he played with his pet 236 . He ran after the dog and they had great fun. He thought that playing with his pet brought him happiness. One day, he went 237 with his friends. They had fun playing in the water. Then he thought that playing with his friends brought him happiness, 238 .
Jerry 239 all the things that made him happy. Then he realized (意识到) that his life was full of happiness.
225．A．made B．gave C．took D．carried
226．A．record B．listen C．read D．write
227．A．what B．where C．why D．who
228．A．forgot B．enjoyed C．finished D．hated
229．A．difficult B．easy C．simple D．important
230．A．relaxing B．exciting C．boring D．interesting
231．A．hold B．turn C．find D．record
232．A．year B．month C．day D．week
233．A．family B．friends C．classmates D．teachers
234．A．jumped B．explained C．laughed D．guessed
235．A．worried B．afraid C．sleepy D．happy
236．A．dog B．cat C．bird D．fish
237．A．running B．swimming C．skating D．cycling
238．A．just B．only C．too D．hardly
239．A．waited for B．took out C．threw away D．wrote down
What might life be like if you looked very different from others Most of us are to be born with "normal" faces. But the movie Wonder us that there is no such thing as being normal and that beauty is more than skin-deep（表面的）.
Based on a bestselling novel, the movie is 240 a boy named Auggie. He has a facial deformity（面部畸形）.He has spent most of his life being home-schooled. 241 as he enters middle school, his parents decide to send him to a private school. There, Auggie must judgmental（爱品头论足的）classmates and learn to accept 242 as he is.
In the United States, most kids are taught that it is to be different. People don't look down upon being unique（独特的）. They celebrate it.
But some kids have 243 accepting uniqueness. It is easy to pick on someone who is different, if you have your own problems to deal with. This is 244 central theme from the movie-even the kids who pick on Auggie have their own personal struggles.
As Auggie's classmates get to know him 245 , they come to 246 that he's a nice kid with a great of humor. They start to change their attitude toward him. In real life, it may 247 longer to see such changes happen.
But 248 we give people a chance, their hearts and minds may change in the end.
240．A．funny B．lucky C．good D．busy
241．A．shows B．gives C．offers D．leads
242．A．with B．for C．about D．like
243．A．Or B．But C．Because D．Although
244．A．talk to B．look after C．play against D．deal with
245．A．them B．him C．himself D．us
246．A．strange B．OK C．impossible D．beautiful
247．A．difficulty B．interest C．fun D．methods
248．A．completely B．probably C．especially D．secretly
249．A．other B．another C．the other D．one
250．A．better B．well C．less D．little
251．A．think B．guess C．learn D．find
252．A．sense B．trouble C．feeling D．taste
253．A．spend B．need C．take D．pay
254．A．if B．how C．why D．what
The good diet and lifestyle are very important for our 11 . If we don't get the 249 kinds of foods, we may have some healthy problems. People eat different 250 in different countries of the world. In 251 countries, people eat rice every day. Sometimes they eat it two 252 three times a day for breakfast, lunch or dinner. They usually eat it 253 meat and vegetables.
Japanese people eat lots of 254 because many Japanese live near the sea, and they 255 eat a lot of rice. In Western countries, such as Britain, Australia and the USA, the most 256 food is bread and 20 . You can see people always eat potatoes for their meals. But they can cook potatoes in many different 21 ．
Some people eat only fruit and vegetables. They do not eat 257 meat or anything that comes from animals. They only 258 food from plants. They say that food from plants 259 better for us than meat. They think they can keep 260 with the food from plants.
249．A．health B．energy C．hair D．money
250．A．small B．wrong C．right D．glad
251．A．foods B．drinks C．vegetables D．snacks
252．A．every B．some C．each D．all
253．A．and B．but C．or D．so
254．A．for B．to C．with D．in
255．A．the fish B．fish C．the bread D．bread
256．A．too B．also C．either D．to
257．A．interesting B．worst C．sweet D．important
258．A．pork B．tomatoes C．carrots D．potatoes
259．A．ways B．way C．family D．families
260．A．some B．any C．each D．no
261．A．smell B．eat C．show D．find
262．A．am B．is C．are D．be
263．A．beautiful B．bad C．enough D．fit
It's the evening of the Dragon Boat Festival. My 261 are all at home. We are doing different things.
Look! My grandma is talking on the 262 with my aunt, Linda. She isn't in China. Now she is in New York, 3 . My grandma misses my aunt very much. She 263 her once a week. They often keep 264 for half an hour.My grandpa is 265 a book by James Green. He likes reading very much. If he has free time, he often goes to the 266 near here. He usually borrows some books 267 the library when he leaves. The library is his favourite 9 . My brother is watching boat races on TV. He 268 boat races and often watches them. He thinks boat races are always 11 . Do you know 269 I am I am in the kitchen. I'm cooking something 270 for my family. Do you know what I'm cooking Dumplings. I like to 271 dumplings. My parents are also in the kitchen. 272 are making zongzi! Zongzi tastes delicious! Both dumplings and zongzi are my favourite food.
I think we are going to have a wonderful evening!
261．A．friends B．family C．teachers D．cousins
262．A．TV B．phone C．book D．radio
263．A．China B．Japan C．Britain D．America
264．A．shows B．calls C．takes D．visits
265．A．saying B．speaking C．talking D．telling
266．A．reading B．looking C．watching D．seeing
267．A．hospital B．hotel C．factory D．library
268．A．to B．from C．with D．on
269．A．colour B．food C．place D．lesson
270．A．dislikes B．loves C．joins D．brings
271．A．boring B．exciting C．difficult D．tiring
272．A．what B．how C．when D．where
273．A．bad B．terrible C．delicious D．dirty
274．A．drink B．eat C．give D．put
275．A．They B．We C．He D．It
Bill and Cathy wanted to go on holiday. They chose a place called Maldives (马尔代夫). And they decided to 273 there for two weeks in spring, because they heard that the weather there was perfect at that time. They worked very hard for several 274 . Finally, they made enough money for their dream 275 . But their trip was more like a nightmare (噩梦)!
The problem 276 when the flight was put off because of the bad weather. They got to the airport in the morning. They couldn't leave 277 night. They finally got on the plane twelve hours later！But they 278 fly to their destination because there was a storm. They had to fly to the capital city 279 . There they stayed in a small hotel 280 the airport.
The hotel was next to the sea, but the sea was 281 dirty that they couldn't swim in it. And the swimming pool in the hotel was full of leaves! The food was awful 282 . For breakfast there was 283 bread and milk! The worst part was when the storm came, they felt really 284 . Because of the bad weather, they had to stay for 285 night in the small hotel. And they had 286 to do. It was so boring. Finally, they 287 in their dream city three days later. And someone told them the weather there had been wonderful all the time!
273．A．run B．work C．stay D．see
274．A．minutes B．hours C．seconds D．months
275．A．trip B．job C．college D．clothes
276．A．finished B．jumped C．continued D．began
277．A．after B．since C．until D．from
278．A．needn't B．couldn't C．shouldn't D．won't
279．A．already B．just C．still D．instead
280．A．near B．from C．across D．next
281．A．hardly B．much C．so D．enough
282．A．also B．either C．too D．very
283．A．only B．many C．few D．any
284．A．full B．quiet C．happy D．terrible
285．A．other B．another C．more D．others
286．A．something B．anything C．nothing D．everything
287．A．reached B．arrived C．got D．moved
三、人与自然（本大题共6小题）
Each one of us shares this planet with more than seven billion others. And we all need 288 . People and products need to move from city to city and country to country. However, we all know 289 most cars, motorcycles, boats and planes can cause air pollution. They are also 290 . This is a serious problem in many cities. 291 inventors are coming up with creative ideas to try to reduce the pollution and noise.
In many cities around the world, motorcycles are very 292 . Now Vietnam has around 33 million motorcycles and China has almost 120 million.Riding motorcycles is a faster and cheaper way to get around a city than 293 . Yet air pollution is a growing problem. In large cities, people 294 it is difficult to breathe. To solve these problems, a USA company designed an environmentally friendly motorcycle. It uses electricity as fuel (燃料). As a result, there is 295 air pollution. It's also quiet and fast. These make 296 a good choice for getting around a city.
Venice is a city in Italy with only a few 297 . There are no cars in the city centre. 298 cars, water taxis and buses carry people along the city's canals (运河). However, they cause pollution, 299 to the water. English engineers Dick and Jem designed a solar powered (太阳能的) water taxi. The water taxi 300 run for a day after being charged (充电)．
Planes also cause air and noise pollution. Designing an environmentally friendly airplane is a real 301 . Some airplane companies have 302 to solve the problems. Swiss engineers have gone one step further. They developed a solar airplane.This plane holds the world record for the longest solar powered flight—1，541 kilometres from Arizona to Texas in America.
288．A．air B．food C．transport D．communication
289．A．how B．why C．when D．that
290．A．noisy B．dirty C．fast D．cheap
291．A．Since B．So C．Because D．Although
292．A．popular B．valuable C．dangerous D．safe
293．A．riding bikes B．taking planes C．taking buses D．taking cars
294．A．explain B．complain C．doubt D．promise
295．A．much B．some C．no D．more
296．A．them B．you C．us D．it
297．A．rivers B．roads C．tourists D．people
298．A．Instead of B．Thanks to C．Because of D．As for
299．A．probably B．only C．especially D．hardly
300．A．must B．can C．should D．need
301．A．pleasure B．job C．decision D．challenge
302．A．disagreed B．refused C．started D．remembered
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
Peter is an American boy. It is sunny in the morning. He 303 football with his friends in the park. After an hour, they 304 under a tree to have a rest.
“ 305 going to the mountains this afternoon ” one of Peter’s friends, Tom, says.
“That 306 great. I like going to the mountains, 307 it will be rainy this afternoon,” Peter looks at the sky and says 308 his friends.
In the afternoon, it is 309 rainy. His friends feel surprised.
“How do you know about the 310 , Peter ” his friends ask.
“I 311 predict (预测) the weather. Tomorrow will be 312 and hot,” Peter says.
Peter can tell 313 the weather correctly (正确地). After that, his friends 314 ask him about the weather.
One day, one of Peter’s friends, Mike asks him, “ 315 is the weather this afternoon, Peter ”
“ 316 , I don’t know,” Peter says. “My radio doesn’t 317 .”
303．A．plays B．shows C．looks D．studies
304．A．help B．sit C．visit D．work
305．A．How old B．What time C．What about D．How much
306．A．feels B．looks C．says D．sounds
307．A．but B．and C．because D．so
308．A．in B．on C．of D．to
309．A．also B．really C．again D．still
310．A．mountain B．park C．weather D．country
311．A．must B．can C．need D．have to
312．A．snowy B．warm C．cold D．sunny
313．A．him B．her C．them D．it
314．A．always B．never C．hardly D．seldom
315．A．What B．When C．How D．Why
316．A．No B．Sorry C．Sure D．OK
317．A．talk B．listen C．work D．speak
Hello！My name is Becca Jones.Becca is my 318 name. I am a 319 at the Berkeley Junior High School. I love 320 very much. I think 321 are our good friends. 322 I often go to the Animal Rescue Centre (动物救助中心) to help. There are many dogs and cats at the Animal Rescue Centre and they don't have 6 . I really want to help them 323 new homes.
One day, I 324 my students to the Animal Rescue Centre. We see a cute dog. What is his name？He is Bagel and students like him very much. They play games 325 Bagel. They also write English words 326 draw some pictures of dogs and cats there. This idea is really 11 . These animals find their new homes soon. The homes are very 327 and clean. The students and I 328 very happy about that.
Boys and girls, if you want to adopt (收养) an animal, please 329 me at animallover@. I hope every 330 animal can have a home.
318．A．last B．full C．first D．family
319．A．student B．teacher C．doctor D．worker
320．A．vegetables B．animals C．insects D．birds
321．A．it B．they C．them D．we
322．A．So B．But C．However D．Or
323．A．food B．water C．homes D．friends
324．A．stay B．climb C．find D．lose
325．A．borrow B．buy C．help D．take
326．A．with B．in C．on D．at
327．A．if B．unless C．and D．when
328．A．great B．wrong C．lazy D．funny
329．A．small B．tidy C．bad D．boring
330．A．am B．be C．are D．is
331．A．call B．email C．help D．ask
332．A．soft B．homeless C．dangerous D．fat
[2024山东济南期末·改编]Sally is an 8 year old girl. She likes 331 very much.She thinks they are people's friends. Of all the animals 332 are her favourite. And she goes to the 333 to see them every month.
Today, Sally goes to the zoo with her parents by bus. When they arrive there, she runs to the pandas' house 4 . There are 334 pandas at the zoo. They are Lucy and Lily. They look 335 and cute. Their favourite food is 7 . Sally can't 336 any food to the pandas because it's the rule of the zoo.
But when Sally gets to the pandas' house, she 337 lots of people talking in front of the house.And it's a little noisy.“What's wrong 338 the pandas？” Sally asks anxiously (焦急地)．
“Oh! Don't worry, little girl. The pandas are 11 ，” an old woman answers.
Then Sally looks into the house.Lucy and Lily are in the house.They are 339 with a ball.And Sally also 340 another panda in it.
“Who is it？” she asks.“It's Peter. It 341 another zoo，” a man says. “Next year, you may see a small panda here.”“A small panda！I 342 that，” Sally says happily.
331．A．things B．pages C．robots D．animals
332．A．pandas B．tigers C．rabbits D．egrets
333．A．park B．zoo C．shop D．school
334．A．quickly B．quietly C．slowly D．early
335．A．one B．two C．three D．four
336．A．slim B．sick C．funny D．long
337．A．bamboo B．carrot C．cabbage D．apple
338．A．look B．lend C．feed D．teach
339．A．spends B．smells C．sees D．feels
340．A．from B．with C．as D．for
341．A．friendly B．bad C．healthy D．dangerous
342．A．playing B．singing C．dancing D．making
343．A．finds B．misses C．improves D．sounds
344．A．thinks of B．comes from　 C．hears of D．learns from
345．A．show B．watch C．love D．stay
Hangzhou Zoo said no to rumors (谣言). The rumors said that some of its sun bears were not real, and that they were people 343 clothes. 344 many people watched the videos (视频) of a bear standing on its hind (后面的) legs, there were more rumors. The zoo said people didn’t quite 345 the sun bears. They can stand and walk on their hind legs.
In the videos, Angela, a sun bear, is 346 upright (笔直地) on a stone inside its home and waving at people. The videos became 347 soon after someone posted it on Sina Weibo on July 27. Angela’s actions are 348 . The thick fur (软毛) on its back makes people think that it must be a person playing as a 349 .
The zoo said no to the rumors by posting statements (声明) on WeChat. It 350 on Saturday that a person couldn’t 351 in heavy bear clothes on such a hot day. In fact, the weather was terribly 352 . The temperature (温度) in Hangzhou was about 40℃.
The WeChat statement, written from the sun bear’s point of view, said on Sunday, “I got a 353 after work yesterday from the head of the zoo. In the phone, he asked me if I was 354 and asked a person to take my place. That was not true. I work hard and I’m happy to 355 everyone around me.”
The videos of Angela online were so 356 that more people came to the zoo. “After the videos came out online, over 20,000 357 came to our zoo in a day,” Jiang Zhi, the head of the zoo, told reporters.
343．A．wearing B．buying C．making D．loving
344．A．Before B．Because C．If D．After
345．A．look for B．think of C．know about D．talk to
346．A．jumping B．standing C．eating D．drinking
347．A．popular B．special C．different D．expensive
348．A．strict B．difficult C．funny D．serious
349．A．lion B．bear C．panda D．tiger
350．A．talked B．told C．thought D．said
351．A．rest B．stay C．sleep D．study
352．A．hot B．warm C．cool D．cold
353．A．problem B．letter C．call D．gift
354．A．lucky B．sorry C．happy D．lazy
355．A．shout at B．play with C．learn from D．work for
356．A．relaxing B．important C．interesting D．boring
357．A．visitors B．doctors C．animals D．villagers
It’s spring (春天). A 358 sings and laughs in a big tree. Under the 359 , there is a caterpillar (毛毛虫).
The caterpillar says, “Good morning, Mr Bird. Can I play games 360 you ”
The bird looks down and says, “You are green. You are not 361 . I don’t want to have an ugly (难看的) 362 !” Then he flies away.
After about two months, the bird comes back to the 363 tree. This time, he 364 a beautiful butterfly (蝴蝶). The butterfly dances happily. The butterfly sees 365 and says, “Hello, Mr. Bird. Do you know me I 366 from a caterpillar into a butterfly. I am beautiful now 367 I have a lot of friends. We play happily.”
The bird says, “I am sorry. I should not choose (选择) friends by (通过) how they 368 . I will not do that again.”
The butterfly says, “It’s OK, Mr. Bird. You make a 369 , but you learn from it. Let’s play and have fun 370 .”
The bird and the butterfly are good friends now. The bird 371 the butterfly a lot because the butterfly teaches him being kind is very 372 . He is happy that he has a kind friend. And he is kind to others too.
358．A．fly B．dog C．duck D．bird
359．A．tree B．carrot C．seat D．flower
360．A．at B．of C．with D．from
361．A．clean B．beautiful C．smart D．tidy
362．A．teacher B．cousin C．friend D．husband
363．A．same B．small C．new D．old
364．A．wants B．sees C．needs D．helps
365．A．us B．them C．him D．her
366．A．raise B．start C．count D．change
367．A．but B．and C．or D．because
368．A．talk B．look C．sound D．laugh
369．A．band B．notice C．conversation D．mistake
370．A．sometimes B．most C．together D．again
371．A．thanks B．calls C．meets D．greets
372．A．handsome B．modern C．important D．difficult
四、细节理解（本大题共1小题）
Susie Sunbeam was not her real name．It was Susan Brown．But everyone called 373 Sunbeam（阳光的人），because she had such a sweet，smiling face．She 374 took brightness with her wherever she went．Her grandfather first gave her this 375 ，and it seemed to fit the little girl so 376 that soon it took the place of her own name ．
Even when Susie was a baby，she laughed and smiled from morning till night．No one ever heard her cry unless she was 377 or hurt．When she had learnt to 378 ，she loved to go around the house and get things for her mother． 379 ，she helped her as much as she could．
She loved 380 ．She would sit by her mother's side for an hour at a time，and ask her many questions．At other times，she would take a new book and read quietly．Susie was always pleasant in her play with other children．She never used an 381 word，but tried to do whatever would make her playmates happy．
One day，a（n） 382 little girl with an old torn(撕破的) dress passed by．Susie heard some children teasing and laughing at her．She at once ran out to the gate，and asked the little girl to come 383 ．"What are you crying for？"Susie asked．"Because they all 384 at me．"she said．Then Susie took the little girl into the house．She 385 the little girl with kind words，and she gave her one of her own best dresses and a good pair of shoes．This bought real 386 to the poor child，and she thought that Sunbeam was the 387 name for Susan Brown．
373．A．it B．itself C．her D．herself
374．A．sometimes B．seldom C．never D．always
375．A．name B．chance C．dress D．book
376．A．possibly B．clearly C．nicely D．easily
377．A．happy B．sick C．Fine D．busy
378．A．walk B．Say C．read D．write
379．A．By the way B．In this way C．On the way D．In the way
380．A．study B．nature C．travel D．sport
381．A．kind B．unkind C．usual D．unusual
382．A．honest B．Weak C．Poor D．rich
383．A．in B．Out C．up D．down
384．A．Look B．point C．shout D．laugh
385．A．showed up B．gave up C．picked up D．cheered up
386．A．pain B．trouble C．pleasure D．truth
387．A．wrong B．right C．strange D．common．
参考答案
一、人与自我
【知识点】学习科目、应用文、时间管理、爱好
【答案】1．C
2．C
3．B
4．D
5．A
6．B
7．A
8．D
9．B
10．A
11．B
12．C
13．A
14．C
15．D
【分析】本文是大卫写给李华(音译)的一封信，介绍了他的生活。
【解析】1．句意为：我叫大卫，我是你的新笔友。根据结尾处“Your friend, David”可知，此处应用friend，pen friend意为“笔友”。故选C项。
2．句意为：我在美国纽约。根据“New York, the USA”和常识可知，纽约是大地点，前面应用介词in。故选C项。
3．主语为I，时态为一般现在时，故应用am。故选B项。
4．句意为：我从星期一到星期五上学。根据语境可知用“from… to…”，意为“从……到……”。故选D项。
5．根据语境可知，此处指学校七点半开始上课。故选A项。
6．句意为：然后我在学校吃一顿健康的午餐，我的课在下午3点30分结束。根据上文“I have four classes in the morning.”和Then可知，上午的课程结束，此处应表示吃午餐。故选B项。
7．句意见上一题解析。根据at 3：30 in the afternoon可知，此处指课程结束。故选A项。
8．句意为：我擅长数学。根据I also like geography and art和my favourite subject is music可知，此处应是介绍学科；结合选项，数学属于学科。故选D项。
9．句意为：我也喜欢地理和美术，但我最喜欢的科目是音乐。设空前后分句之间为转折关系，应用连词but。故选B项。
10．句意为：我认为它很令人放松。根据my favourite subject is music和“And I often go to the concert with my friends.”可推知，作者认为音乐是很令人放松的。故选A项。
11．句意为：我们都喜欢古典音乐。根据“And I often go to the concert with my friends.”可知，此处指“我们”都喜欢古典音乐，且应用主格作主语。故选B项。
12．句意为：在运动方面，我喜欢游泳。根据I like swimming可知，此处指运动。故选C项。
13．句意为：而且我打棒球打得很好。play baseball意为“打棒球”，为固定短语。故选A项。
14．句意为：请写信告诉我关于你和你的生活吧。此处是“tell sb about…”结构，表示“告诉某人关于……”。故选C项。
15．句意为：你在空闲时间都做些什么呢？根据语境可知，此处指“什么”。故选D项。
【知识点】应用文、日常活动
【答案】12．B
13．B
14．A
15．C
16．C
17．A
18．D
19．B
20．A
21．B
22．A
23．D
24．C
25．B
26．D
【分析】这是一封西蒙写给安德鲁的信，主要介绍了他的班级和生活。
【解析】12．句意为：我想告诉你关于我的班级和生活的事情。about意为“关于”，符合语境，故选B项。
13．句意为：学生们来自不同的国家。根据“Six of them come from America and the others come from Canada, Australia and the UK.”可知，学生们来自不同的国家，故选B项。
14．句意为：他们都说英语。根据空后的English可知此处用speak English，表示“说英语”，故选A项。
15．句意为：他们乐于助人，他们总是互相帮助。根据they always help each other可知，他们是乐于助人的，故选C项。
16．句意为：我们所有的老师都是中国人，但他们用英语教我们。根据后半句中的teach可知，此处说的是老师，故选C项。
17．句意见上一题解析。根据前半句中的All of our可知，此处指的是“我们”，应用us，故选A项。
18．句意为：我们学校有一些俱乐部…… 根据“the Music Club, the Reading Club and the Sports Club”可知选D项。
19．句意为：许多男孩想成为体育俱乐部的一员。根据of the Sports Club及下文可知，此处指想成为俱乐部的成员，故选B项。
20．句意为：我们认为打篮球有趣。根据we like basketball best可知，“我们”认为打篮球有趣，故选A项。
21．句意为：我们都想在未来成为优秀的篮球运动员。want to do sth意为“想要做某事”，为固定搭配，符合语境。故选B项。
22．根据“I often get up at 6：00 in the morning及At 6：40可知，早上起床后吃的是早餐，故选A项。
23．句意为：我每天上午从8：25到11：50上课。“from… to…”为固定短语，意为“从……到……”，符合语境，故选D项。
24．句意为：下午4：40以后，我经常和我的同学做一些运动。根据I play basketball for about one hour every day可知，此处说的是做运动，故选C项。
25．句意为：我每天打大约一个小时的篮球，然后我回家。根据后文可知，此处指回家，故选B项。
26．句意为：在我睡觉之前，我必须完成我的作业。根据语境可知“我”在睡觉之前必须完成作业，故选D项。
【知识点】家人和亲人、记叙文
【答案】24．A
25．B
26．C
27．C
28．B
29．C
30．B
31．D
32．A
33．A
34．B
35．C
36．C
37．D
38．C
【分析】本文中作者主要介绍了自己的家庭信息。
【解析】24．句意为：我生活在一个幸福的家庭里，家里有四口人…… 根据“my parents, my brother and me”可知，家里一共有四口人，故选A项。
25．句意为：我父亲在第一中学工作。根据“He teaches students maths.”可知，他在第一中学工作。故选B项。
26．句意为：他是一名数学老师。根据“He teaches students maths.”可知，他是数学老师。故选C项。
27．句意为：我妈妈也在第一中学工作。根据“My father… at No.1 Middle School.”可知，爸爸在第一中学工作，妈妈也在第一中学工作。设空在肯定句句尾，故选C项。
28．句意为：我在学校学很多科目，我最喜欢的科目是英语。根据“I'm a student at No.2 Middle School.”及many subjects at school可知，作者在学校有许多科目(要学)。故选B项。
29．句意为：我非常喜欢英语。根据and my favourite subject is English可知，作者很喜欢英语。故选C项。
30．句意为：我经常在家用英语和我妈妈交谈。in English表示“用英语”，为固定搭配。故选B项。
31．句意为：我父亲还在家里帮我学数学。help sb with sth表示“在某方面帮助某人”，符合语境。故选D项。
32．句意为：所以这两个科目我都学得很好。根据上文可知，妈妈教作者英语，爸爸教他数学，因此他这两个科目学得好。故选A项。
33．结合下文介绍可知，他应该是10岁了，空前有10，应用复数名词。故选A项。
34．根据“He thinks it is relaxing.”可知，他喜欢音乐，主语是第三人称单数，故选B项。
35．根据He also loves sports可知，这里指的是一种运动。故选C项。
36．句意为：他喜欢牛奶和鸡蛋，因为它们是健康的。根据He likes milk and eggs及常识可知，牛奶和鸡蛋是健康的，且此处应用形容词作表语。故选C项。
37．句意为：我真的很幸福。根据“They give us lots of love.”可知，作者很幸福。故选D项。
38．句意为：我非常感谢我的父母。根据上文可知此处指感谢父母。故选C项。
【知识拓展】relaxing意为“令人放松的”，多修饰事物；relaxed意为“放松的”，多修饰人。
【知识点】个人情况、朋友、记叙文
【答案】35．C
36．B
37．D
38．A
39．C
40．C
41．D
42．A
43．D
44．B
45．C
46．A
47．B
48．D
49．B
【分析】本文介绍了安娜和她的两个朋友的情况。
【解析】35．句意为：她喜欢音乐，而且她能唱得很好。根据语境可知此处表示能力，应用can。故选C项。
36．句意为：这学期她加入了学校的音乐俱乐部。根据空后的the music club和语境可知是加入音乐俱乐部。故选B项。
37．句意为：他们认为音乐能让他们快乐。“make sb＋adj.”意为“使某人……”，为固定短语，符合语境。故选D项。
38．句意为：安娜也这么认为，她想有一天成为一名优秀的歌手。根据上文“They think music can… them happy.”及语境可知，安娜也认为音乐让人快乐，空处表示“也”，故选A项。
39．句意为：弗兰克和辛迪是安娜的朋友。根据后文的These three friends可知选C项。
40．句意为：他经常在课后给同学们讲故事。tell stories意为“讲故事”，为固定短语，符合语境。故选C项。
41．句意为：有时，他也写故事。根据His stories are really interesting可知此处是指写故事。故选D项。
42．句意为：他的故事真的很有趣，所以他的许多同学都喜欢它们。根据句意可知，空处前后内容是因果关系，且结果在后，应用so连接。故选A项。
43．句意为：辛迪擅长画画，她在学校的美术俱乐部。be careful with意为“小心；当心”；be worried about意为“担心”；be good for意为“有益于；对……有好处”；be good at意为“擅长……”。根据语境，故选D项。
44．句意为：下周五，她将为学校艺术节画一些画。much修饰不可数名词；some修饰复数名词或不可数名词；a/an修饰单数名词。根据pictures可知，此处是指“一些”。故选B项。
45．句意为：她会很高兴看到所有的学生都喜欢她的画。根据she will draw some pictures可知，此处是指喜欢她的画。故选C项。
46．句意为：这三个朋友都很友好。根据“They are good with children.”及下文可知他们很友好。故选A项。
47．句意为：每个周末，他们都在儿童之家帮忙。根据下文可知，此处指“帮忙”，故选B项。
48．句意为：安娜通常为他们唱歌。此处应用them指代上文提到的孩子们，故选D项。
49．句意为：辛迪教他们如何画得好。根据语境可知，此处表示“如何”，故选B项。
【知识点】个人经历、精神品质、记叙文
【答案】46．D
47．A
48．B
49．D
50．C
51．A
52．B
53．C
54．A
55．B
56．D
57．A
58．B
59．C
60．B
【分析】本文主要讲述了作者受人帮助搭上便车后又意外地在多年后将这份恩惠回报给当初的好心人的故事。
【详解】46．句意为：我期待着有五天的假期。根据“… about 272025--2026年最新人教版中考英语完形填空【15空】分类能力提高综合练习【 含答案 word版】
一、人与自我（本大题共8小题）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。
My kids sat in Gee’s living room and she gave them a box of ornaments (装饰品). She and her husband Tom 1 them piece by piece over a lifetime. When we left with the box, she smiled because her 2 ornaments found a new home.
I still remember we first 3 Tom and Gee when we got married. Tom, who lived across the street, often helped us 4 rubbish. One day I made some cookies and 5 them on a chair beside the rubbish cans with a thank-you note. When I returned home, a 6 from Tom replaced the gift. He explained when he was away, his wife Gee lived 7 . Luckily, people in the same neighbourhood often helped 8 with the rubbish cans. He never forgot it, so he paid it forward by doing the same thing for others.
A few years later, Tom passed away. Gee was in great 9 , so we copied that letter and gave it to Gee. We told her how special Tom was to us and how 10 we were to have known him. She told us she talked to Tom every day. When Gee asked us to look 11 the ornaments, I realized how hard it was for her to be 12 with that box, which meant a part of Tom.
These days we’re planning to 13 . It’s time to say goodbye, but we are unwilling to. It’s not just because of Gee but because of all the 14 who offer us help. We decide to wait till the new year. We’ll use Gee and Tom’s ornaments to 15 our home. And I’ll talk to him like Gee, “Thanks for teaching us how to be a good neighbour.”
1．A．cut B．sold C．collected D．borrowed
2．A．heavy B．natural C．common D．valuable
3．A．met B．saved C．missed D．treated
4．A．put up B．throw away C．give out D．turn over
5．A．set B．left C．forgot D．dropped
6．A．box B．note C．letter D．poster
7．A．well B．alone C．quietly D．secretly
8．A．me B．her C．him D．them
9．A．pain B．need C．danger D．surprise
10．A．awful B．helpful C．thankful D．peaceful
11．A．up B．for C．over D．after
12．A．busy B．angry C．separated D．familiar
13．A．move B．wait C．fight D．appear
14．A．friends B．teachers C．relatives D．neighbours
15．A．clean B．build C．repair D．decorate
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
Jo and Laurie were already skating when Amy arrived. Jo saw Amy but 16 to talk with others on purpose. Laurie was carefully skating along the edge (边缘) of the ice and didn’t see the young girl.
“Keep near the edge. The ice is thin and dangerous in the middle.” Laurie called to Jo, then he 17 round the first bend (拐弯处) in the river. Jo 18 that Amy probably hadn’t heard, but she said nothing and skated after Laurie. “Let Amy 19 herself!” Jo thought.
Amy skated out towards the 20 ice in the middle of the river. When Jo reached the bend, a strange feeling came into her heart. She stood 21 for a moment. Something made her turn round—just in time to see Amy 22 her hands up and fall through the ice into the cold water! She tried to call Laurie, but her voice was gone.
23 , Laurie skated past her and shouted, “Bring a piece of wood from the side of the river, quickly!” Full with fear, Jo 24 some wood and pulled it across the ice, while Laurie held Amy’s head above the water. Together, they got her out.
She was more 25 than hurt. Jo and Laurie took her home and tried to calm her down. After a little while she fell asleep in front of the warm fire. Later, when everything was quiet, Jo asked her mother, “Are you sure she’s safe ”
“Quite safe, dear. It was wise to get her home as quickly as you 26 .”
“Laurie did it all.” said Jo, “Mother, if Amy should die, it will be my 27 . I get angry so easily. Oh, why can’t I be more like you ”
“I get angry nearly every day of my life, Jo,” said Mrs March, “but I’ve learned 28 to control myself. I’ve learned to 29 myself saying the angry words, and you must try to do the same, my dear.”
Then Amy opened her eyes and held out her 30 , with a smile that went straight to Jo’s heart. Neither of them said a word, but they held each other close, and everything was forgiven (原谅) and forgotten.
16．A．decided B．pretended C．expected D．preferred
17．A．disappeared B．stood C．waited D．lay
18．A．promised B．regretted C．hoped D．realized
19．A．depend on B．learn about C．listen to D．search for
20．A．thicker B．safer C．smoother D．stronger
21．A．joyful B．cheerful C．still D．crazy
22．A．pull B．throw C．shut D．speed
23．A．Recently B．Surprisingly C．Strangely D．Suddenly
24．A．took B．carried C．offered D．fetched
25．A．surprised B．excited C．frightened D．inspired
26．A．could B．might C．would D．should
27．A．turn B．fault C．business D．duty
28．A．how B．what C．why D．when
29．A．keep B．suggest C．practise D．prevent
30．A．legs B．arms C．head D．feet
On a sunny weekend afternoon, the busy street was filled with the sounds of cars and chatting people. During this busy time, a middle-aged woman caught everyone’s 31 . She was a street performer, sitting quietly in a corner with her erhu, a 32 Chinese musical instrument.
With a small box beside her, she put the erhu on her knees and started playing. People walking by 33 little by little as they heard the lovely music.
A kind-looking old man walked towards her. He took some money from his pocket and 34 put it in the small box.
“Here you are, my dear,” the old man said with a warm smile. 35 , the woman politely smiled back and replied, “Thank you, sir, but I can’t take this.” She 36 the money to the old man.
The old man felt surprised and asked, “Why not You play so well.”
The woman just shook her head and said, “Thanks for your 37 , but I’m waiting for something else.”
The old man respected her decision and walked away.
The woman continued. As she 38 , her body moved a little with the music, completely lost in her music. Then, a young couple stopped. They listened carefully until the song 39 .
The girl then stepped forward, put some money in the box after the 40 .
She said, “Your music is so 41 that both my boyfriend and I feel the sadness in it.”
The woman looked up, met their eyes, and asked, “You really understand what I’m trying to 42 ”
The boy nodded and said, “Yes, it’s like your music is telling a 43 . Sad but beautiful.”
This time, the woman smiled brightly and said, “Thank you so much.” She gratefully (感激地) 44 the money.
For this street performer, money wasn’t just for living. She didn’t care about 45 —what she wanted was for people to truly understand her music.
As she kept playing, more people gathered to enjoy her wonderful erhu music.
31．A．trust B．breath C．attention D．information
32．A．natural B．physical C．traditional D．educational
33．A．woke up B．grew up C．looked down D．slowed down
34．A．gently B．calmly C．nervously D．secretly
35．A．Also B．However C．Besides D．So
36．A．sold B．sent C．moved D．returned
37．A．courage B．honesty C．kindness D．friendship
38．A．rested B．played C．waited D．listened
39．A．ended B．lasted C．started D．changed
40．A．party B．performance C．ceremony D．communication
41．A．touching B．exciting C．pleasing D．interesting
42．A．hide B．express C．memorize D．understand
43．A．lie B．joke· C．story D．difference
44．A．donated B．counted C．collected D．accepted
45．A．joy B．pity C．honor D．money
Hu Ming, a teacher in Guizhou University, whose 85-year-old mother has Alzheimer’s disease (阿尔茨海默病), has to take his mother to class with him.And he has done this for years.
Maybe you will say he can have some other people take care of his　16　.Indeed, he has sisters.But they　17　 do it because his mother only recognizes him.And she 　18　 him wherever he goes.He also tried a nurse but failed.
“My mother’s illness was 　19　.She drank dishwater, and she mistook washing powder (洗衣粉) for salt or sugar,” explained 58-year-old Hu.“I couldn’t imagine she stayed at home without me and that always made me　20　, so I began to take her with me to class.” “With my mother sitting 　21　 in class, I was able to pay more attention to teaching,” Hu added.But still, there are many different voices.Then Hu told a 　22　.
A son took his mother, old and 　23　, to a restaurant for dinner.While eating, the mother dropped the food 　24　, on her shirt and trousers, the table, the chair and the floor.Other people watched her in disgust(厌恶)while the son was 　25　.
When the mother 　26　 eating, the son quietly took her to the washroom, cleaned the food on the clothes, smoothed her hair and fitted her glasses.When they came out, all the people were 　27　 them.Without saying anything or watching anybody, the son walked　28　to pay the bill and started walking peacefully out with his mother.
At that time, an old woman called out to the son and asked him, “Don’t you think you left something behind you ”
The son thought for a few seconds.“No, madam, I didn’t,” he replied.
The old woman said, “Yes, you did! You gave a lesson to every son and　29　to every mother.”
“To care for those who once 　30　 for us is our duty.I am a son, and what’s wrong with being the hope for my mother ” Hu said.
46．A．student B．sister C．mother D．teacher
47．A．mustn’t B．can’t C．shouldn’t D．needn’t
48．A．catches B．carries C．follows D．watches
49．A．pleasant B．hopeful C．serious D．common
50．A．worried B．surprised C．interested D．excited
51．A．noisily B．quietly C．sadly D．politely
52．A．joke B．lie C．story D．truth
53．A．humorous B．impolite C．kind D．weak
54．A．everywhere B．somewhere C．anywhere D．nowhere
55．A．nervous B．calm C．angry D．amazed
56．A．started B．remembered C．finished D．continued
57．A．welcoming B．watching C．greeting D．teaching
58．A．shamefully B．difficultly C．suddenly D．directly
59．A．money B．hope C．room D．advice
60．A．cared B．looked C．waited D．paid
I'm Liu Qiang. I'm 61 11 year old boy and I come from Wuhan. It's an old city. There are 62 people in my family：my grandparents, my parents, my sister and I. I have a big 3 . My sister and I 63 students in a middle school. Our school is small. 64 is near our home.
My sister and I get up early from Monday to 65 because we must go to school before 7：40 on school days and we must go to an English club by bike 66 7：50 on Saturday morning. At school we have English, PE, Chinese, art, music and so on. Of all the subjects, art is my favourite. I can 67 very well. What about my sister She likes PE. She is good at playing volleyball.
My sister and I like 68 friends. Many of our friends often play with 69 after school. On Sunday morning, we don't get up 70 because we don't go to school or clubs on this day. We often play volleyball or football. We are 71 about doing sports. In the afternoon my sister and I usually do homework for four hours. There is always 72 homework for us to do. My sister always asks me for 14 . It is difficult 73 her to learn English well.
61．A．a B．an C．the D．/
62．A．four B．five C．six D．seven
63．A．school B．photo C．room D．family
64．A．be B．is C．are D．am
65．A．It B．He C．This D．She
66．A．Saturday B．Thursday C．Tuesday D．Friday
67．A．in B．at C．on D．under
68．A．sing B．draw C．play D．run
69．A．make B．makes C．making D．to making
70．A．we B．our C．ours D．us
71．A．late B．well C．early D．healthily
72．A．excited B．exciting C．boring D．bored
73．A．much B．many C．little D．a little
74．A．play B．English C．homework D．help
75．A．of B．for C．at D．after
My good friend Daniel is an exchange (交换) student. He is 74 the USA.He is the only American 75 in our school. He is my classmate. He is a friendly boy 76 all the students in our class like to make friends with him. He says he enjoys living and 77 in China.
Daniel says he likes sports. He 78 tall and strong. He is about 1.70 metres tall. He 79 us he is a good tennis 17 . He often played tennis 80 coming to China. But now in our school, he can't find any good 81 to play tennis. There isn't a tennis court in our school. I tell him that he can be a good player in our basketball 20 . So he joins us and practises 82 us twice (两次) a week. We 83 he is a good player. He 84 shooting (投篮). He often scores (得分) for our 24 . Now, Daniel is very happy. He 85 to like playing basketball.
74．A．of B．at C．from D．with
75．A．teacher B．student C．girl D．farmer
76．A．because B．and C．but D．if
77．A．working B．studying C．writing　 D．reading
78．A．sees B．looks C．watches D．looks at
79．A．talks B．speaks C．says D．tells
80．A．people B．dancer C．player D．boy
81．A．after B．before C．when D．without
82．A．time B．food C．money D．places
83．A．class B．court C．team D．classroom
84．A．by B．for C．with D．on
85．A．show B．look at C．look for D．find
86．A．is good at B．is weak at C．is easy at　D．is interested at
87．A．school B．class C．team D．club
88．A．begins B．beginning C．start D．starting
After the winter vacation, I had to move to a new city with my parents.On the first day to my new school, it was cold and 　1　.I was walking alone slowly 　2　 worrying about something in my new school.It was early and there weren’t many people on the road.　3　, a girl who was riding a bike in the snow fell down.She was 　4　 hard to stand up but fell again.　5　 thinking, I went over to help her quickly.She said “thank you” with a 　6　 and then left.Her smile warmed me a lot.
After I got to school, the teacher led me to the classroom and 　7　 me to the class.Then he asked me to 　8　 down beside a girl.I felt so 　9　 that I didn’t dare (敢) to look at her.Soon the first class, English, started.Their textbooks were 　10　 from those in my old school.As I was 　11　 what to do, an English book appeared in front of me.“Let’s 　12　 it,” the girl beside me said.“Hi, I’m Carrie.” I looked up.To 　13　 surprise, it was the girl I helped this morning.From 　14　 on, we became good friends.
From that I learned: to help 　15　 is actually to help ourselves!
86．A．cloudy　　　　　B．snowy　　　　　C．rainy
87．A．and B．so C．because
88．A．Firstly B．Finally C．Suddenly
89．A．trying B．starting C．getting
90．A．With B．About C．Without
91．A．cry B．smile C．laugh
92．A．showed B．introduced C．carried
93．A．sit B．fall C．turn
94．A．happy B．excited C．nervous
95．A．different B．difficult C．same
96．A．doing B．dreaming C．wondering
97．A．sing B．share C．dance
98．A．her B．his C．my
99．A．then B．today C．now
100．A．another B．others C．the other
Jenny is twelve years old. She is 101 Grade Seven this year. The new (新的) school year comes. Jenny's mum 102 her buy some new school things like pens and 3 . Jenny also (也) 103 a new schoolbag. Her mum buys 104 a purple one. Jenny is very 6 . She is a new student of Grade Seven 7 .
From Monday to Friday, Jenny gets up (起床) at 6：00 in the 8 . She is never (从不) late for 9 . She likes to go to school early to 105 her teachers and friends. She has seven 106 every school day, four classes in the morning and three classes in the afternoon. This year she studies (学习) some new 107 like history, geography and biology. She 108 history is interesting. She likes it very much. She can learn a lot (学到很多) from the 109 teacher. Her favourite days are Monday and Tuesday, 110 she has history on the two days.
On weekends, Jenny doesn't go to school. She always reads books at home. She loves reading very much.
101．A．of B．in C．on D．with
102．A．needs B．helps C．finds D．looks
103．A．numbers B．rulers C．fruit D．food
104．A．wants B．goes C．plays D．brings
105．A．us B．me C．her D．him
106．A．happy B．easy C．fine D．OK
107．A．now B．next C．only D．all
108．A．morning B．afternoon C．evening D．day
109．A．store B．school C．family D．library
110．A．meet B．lose C．miss D．ask
111．A．photos B．lessons C．books D．names
112．A．cards B．subjects C．schools D．friends
113．A．tells B．sees C．thinks D．thanks
114．A．history B．science C．Chinese D．English
115．A．but B．because C．and D．so
二、人与社会（本大题共17小题）
根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个能填入相应空格内的最佳答案，并把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。
At the age of 16, Einstein failed in several exams because he often played with some bad kids. One weekend morning, Einstein carried a fishing net and prepared to go fishing with those 111 his father stopped him and said to him calmly, ＂Einstein, you were spending too much time 112 , so you failed in the exams. I'm 113 about your future with your mother.＂
＂What are you worrying about Jack and Robert also 114 , but they went fishing as usual.＂
＂My boy, you can't think so,＂ Looking at Einstein, his father said lovingly,＂There is a 115 in our hometown. I hope you can listen to it carefully.＂
＂There were two cats playing on the roof. 116 , they fell into the chimney（烟囱）. When they climbed out of the chimney, one cat's face was dirty 117 the other's face was clean. Seeing the dirty-faced cat, the clean-faced one thought its own face was also dirty, so it quickly ran to the riverside and washed its 118 . The dirty-faced cat saw the clean-faced one, thinking its own face was clean as well, so it walked happily in the street.＂
＂Einstein, 119 can be your mirror（镜子）. Only you are your own mirror. Some of the kids are not strict with themselves. If you take them to be your mirror, even a 120 person may become stupid.＂ Hearing this, Einstein was ashamed and lay down his fishing rod and returned to his small room.
After that, Einstein often took himself as a mirror to be 121 with himself and kept telling himself. ＂I am special, so I needn't be as common as others.＂ This was why Einstein 122 in his career.
1,000 people have 1,000 kinds of wishes in life. Different wishes will produce different 123 about life. You can learn from other people, but you can 124 follow others completely.
You must see yourself clearly, and know what you want to get. Your future doesn't 125 how others act, but on what you are going to act.
111．A. adults B. kids C. teachers D. artists
112．A. playing B. working C. reading D. studying
113．A. excited B. curious C. worried D. crazy
114．A. checked B. passed C. dreamed D. failed
115．A. song B. story C. speech D. saying
116．A. Luckily B. Hopefully C. Suddenly D. Naturally
117．A. while B. or C. so D. for
118．A. mouth B. tail C. nose D. face
119．A. somebody B. nobody C. anybody D. everybody
120．A. poor B. rich C. lazy D. clever
121．A. tired B. angry C. strict D. satisfied
122．A. regretted B. graduated C. succeeded D. survived
123．A. ideas B. reasons C. mistakes D. secrets
124．A. sometimes B. often C. always D. never
125．A. try on B. depend on C. live on D. insist on
阅读下列短文，从文后各题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
Before I entered the university, my knowledge of rowing was limited to movie scenes—neat oars (桨) and breaking waves. Back then, I used to be a very 126 girl who disliked sports. It was even impossible for me to be good at a sport which 127 teamwork.
Our university gave us many chances to take part in all kinds of traditional activities. Rowing is the most popular of all. My roommate encouraged me to join our college boat 128 . It marked the start of an unexpected journey.
One of the first things I learned was that rowing training comes in two 129 : land training and water training. Land training (practicing on machines) hit me hard. On the heavy rowing machine, I tried hard to follow the rhythm, but I couldn’t control my oars. After several months’ hard work, it helped me get used to basics of correct movement. And our coach often told us, “Since rowing is a team sport, all eight rowers in the boat must 130 together as one in order to form a wonderful and powerful stroke (划水动作).”
While, the real 131 began with the other part, water training. I found it was very difficult for me to follow others at first. But gradually I made it and realized that the sport helped us 132 our confidence and trust in each other.
To push myself further, I decided to try to be a coxswain (舵手). I was not 133 of the important role a coxswain played in rowing before I became a coxswain. Having to do many things at the same time was 134 a challenge. Controlling a boat is not always easy, especially around tight corners of the river. Making the right decisions about what my rowers should do sometimes felt like a lot of responsibilities. It was a great chance for me to develop the 135 of making some key decisions, which I didn’t expect before joining a boat club.
By the end of the first term at university, my team took part in two races. When 136 the finishing line, I was excited and touched. It was not just for the 137 of the race, but because I met a new view of myself. The girl who once 138 herself during the gym class, but now she could lead a team. The bookworm that couldn’t be seen became someone others could 139 .
Looking back, rowing gave me more than medals. It taught me that youth shines brightest not in calm waters, but in the journey of rowing together, 140 waves, and growing stronger.
126．A．active B．shy C．impolite D．helpful
127．A．explained B．reminded C．refused D．required
128．A．final B．charity C．society D．club
129．A．paths B．skills C．parts D．points
130．A．move B．gather C．spread D．hold
131．A．courage B．challenge C．chance D．choice
132．A．change B．believe C．improve D．discover
133．A．proud B．aware C．afraid D．tired
134．A．certainly B．correctly C．secretly D．possibly
135．A．Habit B．ability C．order D．charm
136．A．raising B．receiving C．completing D．crossing
137．A．truth B．service C．victory D．purpose
138．A．showed B．managed C．hid D．forced
139．A．turn on B．insist on C．take on D．depend on
140．A．breaking B．protecting C．pouring D．touching
I always knew that I depended too much on my phone. But I didn’t know how much, so I decided to do this 141 to find out.
Every morning since I got a smartphone, I’ve used The Weather Forecast App to find out what to 142 . On the first morning, I had to dress without guidance (指导). But thankfully I was able to 143 that the day would be cold and foggy (有雾的) by looking out of my window.
I couldn’t know what time it was. I haven’t worn a 144 for more than a year, because my phone 145 the time. So I was late for picking up friends who had been on the bus for two hours from Santa Monica to Palos Verdes. I was also delayed (耽误) by my part-time job. And 146 I couldn’t call people to tell them that I was late.
Getting to places was harder, too. I got 147 because I couldn’t use the GPS on my phone. My driving, though, got a lot 148 because I no longer had my phone in one hand checking directions while 149 with the other hand.
But the number one trouble was that I didn’t have my contact list (联系人名单). I forgot to write down my friends’ and family members’ phone numbers before I 150 the challenge. It was sad to realize that I couldn’t 151 their cellphone numbers. Oh, how I 152 to turn on the phone for just a second to look up their phone numbers!
However, even with all the problems, I found a sense of 153 without worrying about missing a text message or an e-mail.
This challenge was an unbelievable learning experience. It surprised me that I had never paid attention to even the 154 things like remembering phone numbers. We all should 155 some time to think about how we can depend less on our cellphones.
141．A．experience B．duty C．challenge D．action
142．A．carry B．wear C．take D．see
143．A．guess B．doubt C．think D．decide
144．A．watch B．hat C．suit D．ring
145．A．marked B．relaxed C．told D．called
146．A．even though B．after all C．even worse D．in total
147．A．caught B．changed C．lost D．hurt
148．A．earlier B．safer C．braver D．quieter
149．A．driving B．walking C．running D．moving
150．A．supported B．forgot C．started D．reported
151．A．collect B．copy C．read D．remember
152．A．felt B．wished C．liked D．hated
153．A．peace B．danger C．excitement D．sadness
154．A．happiest B．nicest C．simplest D．clearest
155．A．spend B．spare C．enjoy D．waste
During the Warring States Period (475～221BC), King Zhao of the State of Yan (燕昭王) had a big dream. He 156 to make his state stronger and knew that he needed 157 people to work for him. 158 , it wasn’t easy to find those kinds of people.
One day, he went to ask a scholar (学者) named Guo Wei for 159 . Guo Wei then told him an interesting story.
There was once a king who had a special 160 . He liked Qianlima (千里马). So he 161 many people to look for these horses and buy them for him. But after three years, 162 could find such a horse for him.
Later, a man 163 to help. In just three months, he got the news that there might be a Qianlima. He quickly went to find it. Sadly, when he arrived, the horse had already died. But the man didn’t 164 . Instead, he 165 the bones of the horse with 500 pieces of gold.
When he brought the bones back to the king, the king was very 166 . “What I want is a live horse, not the bones of a dead horse.” he shouted.
The man replied calmly, “Your Majesty, just think about it. You’re willing to 167 such a high price for a dead horse. Then people will know that you truly want to buy the horses. Just wait and the horses you want will come very soon.”
168 , what the man said was right. Within a year, many 169 of Qianlima brought their horses to the king.
After hearing the story, Guo Wei told King Zhao that he could see himself as the bones of the horse. “If I am valued (被重视) by you, more talents will be willing to serve the state,” Guo Wei said. King Zhao understood. He built nice houses for Guo Wei and 170 him as a respected teacher. And as expected, soon more talented people came to help the king and made the State of Yan stronger.
156．A．decided B．refused C．continued D．helped
157．A．talented B．kind C．perfect D．beautiful
158．A．Since B．Although C．However D．Because
159．A．people B．advice C．power D．money
160．A．memory B．hobby C．opinion D．object
161．A．offered B．left C．sent D．caught
162．A．anybody B．nobody C．somebody D．everybody
163．A．hated B．feared C．volunteered D．failed
164．A．take away B．give away C．give out D．give up
165．A．bought B．sold C．lost D．found
166．A．happy B．excited C．angry D．worried
167．A．cost B．pay C．spend D．take
168．A．In his opinion B．At first C．In fact D．In silence
169．A．buyers B．owners C．customers D．shoppers
170．A．taught B．trained C．pushed D．regarded
Cody likes to run, and so does his mother, April. But they like it for 171 reasons.
Cody is very fast. He 172 wins in the 50-meter race. Cody loves to run because he 173 winning.
But April is different. April likes to run because she thinks 174 helps her to stay healthy and makes her 175 .
Cody likes to run very fast in short races. He gets excited when the starter shouts, “On your marks, get set, go!” He is good at 176 at the right time.
April, however, never tries to run fast. She tries to run 177 . Usually, she runs four or five kilometers every time. She runs slowly and steadily (均速地).
One day, the school had a 3-kilometer 178 . Both students and their 179 could run. Cody really wanted to join the match with his mother. So he asked April, “Please, can we go to the race and see who can 180 ”
April said 181 . On the day of the match, Cody started out running fast. After the 182 kilometer, he looked back to see April. She was way behind him! During the second kilometer, Cody slowed down. April ran next to Cody! “ 183 , Cody,” she said. When April crossed the finish line (终点线) first, she looked back at Cody. “You can do it!” she shouted. Cody was tired out, 184 he made it at last.
“Not too bad for someone my age, huh ” April said.
“You’re 185 , Mum,” Cody said. “Will you teach me to run like you ”
171．A．right B．different C．dangerous D．real
172．A．seldom B．never C．always D．sometimes
173．A．enjoys B．practises C．stops D．remembers
174．A．walking B．swimming C．running D．dancing
175．A．friendly B．happy C．shy D．awful
176．A．forgetting B．arriving C．starting D．playing
177．A．far B．near C．early D．late
178．A．trip B．exam C．team D．match
179．A．brothers B．friends C．teachers D．parents
180．A．try B．win C．relax D．leave
181．A．nо B．yes C．thanks D．sorry
182．A．second B．first C．third D．fourth
183．A．Sit down B．Go out C．Come on D．Wake up
184．A．if B．or C．but D．because
185．A．great B．happy C．lucky D．quiet
“Why did we pick today for this I should be staying at home, having a birthday party, and lots of birthday gifts are waiting for me!” I said to Dad, a little upset. Six miles into our bird-watching trip in Happy Forest Park, we were in 186 .
In the morning, we set out in 187 weather. Birds were singing along the way while we enjoyed the sunshine. But storm clouds came unexpectedly.
“I checked the weather, but the app didn’t 188 us,” Dad explained. Mom comforted me.
“Don’t worry, and maybe you’ll get a nicer 189 for your birthday.”
“Really ” I forced a smile.
“Find shelter (遮蔽)!” Dad shouted as the heavy rain poured down. We 190 a rest area nearby and rushed there. The wind blew hard and I felt cold. I found I’d forgotten to take my emergency rescue blanket (紧急救生毯) when I 191 my bag.
“Ta-da! Look! ” Dad pulled out a blanket from his bag and put it over us. “Let’s 192 ,” he added. Mom brought out a packet of cookies. “ 193 makes everything better,” she said, passing them around. Her calmness helped me breathe 194 .
Half an hour passed, but the rain didn’t stop. We had to 195 the trip and return.
The ground was wet, so Dad kept reminding us to be slow and 196 . He suggested we hold on to the trees in order not to 197 .
The sky grew dark, so we couldn’t see the road clearly. “Are we… 198 ” I asked. Dad took out a compass (指南针) from his magic bag. “See this Always 199 one,” he said, “North is that way.” Then he guided us with a flashlight.
We finally got to the car park and drove home safely. On arriving home, we got into warm clothes. “The weather in the mountains changes anytime. Luckily, with good 200 , we made the trip safe and sound. High five!” Dad said while we were drinking hot chocolate.
“And this unusual trip is the best birthday gift I got today,” I smiled to Mom.
186．A．joy B．peace C．trouble D．place
187．A．sunny B．cloudy C．snowy D．rainy
188．A．warn B．greet C．cheat D．fail
189．A．cake B．course C．program D．gift
190．A．missed B．noticed C．built D．reached
191．A．closed B．searched C．dropped D．tidied
192．A．shout B．jump C．share D．continue
193．A．Medicine B．Drink C．Exercise D．Food
194．A．rapidly B．loudly C．easily D．heavily
195．A．wait for B．take up C．pay for D．give up
196．A．careful B．friendly C．silent D．active
197．A．sit B．sleep C．fall D．run
198．A．lost B．hurt C．busy D．late
199．A．buy B．borrow C．raise D．pack
200．A．imagination B．preparation C．invitation D．situation
It was the third week of school when I realized I couldn’t stand Mr. Green’s teaching style. His 201 rules and high expectations (期望) made me feel like I would never do well in his English class. Every red mark on my 202 felt like a personal attack. I started to dislike his classes and even thought about 203 . It seemed like no matter how hard I tried, I could 204 meet his standards.
One day, after receiving another paper full of corrections (修改), I closed my book 205 . The big noise made Mr. Green look up from his desk. “Is there something 206 , Mike ” he asked quietly. My face turned 207 as the whole class stared at me. “Yes!” I shouted. “No matter how hard I try, you always find 208 ! It’s like nothing I do is ever good enough!” The room fell silent. Instead of getting 209 , Mr. Green simply nodded and asked me to stay after class.
That afternoon changed everything. Mr. Green shared his own struggles with English and showed me his old notebooks, filled with 210 from his teacher. “I push you because I 211 in you,” he said. “I know you can do better than you think.” His words made me realize that he wasn’t trying to criticize me but to help me 212 .
From that day on, I began to 213 his corrections better. They weren’t meant to hurt me but to help me improve. Mr. Green started staying after school twice a week to help me, and my grades gradually got 214 . By the end of the term, I had not only improved my grades but also made a good friend with Mr. Green. He taught me that strictness often comes from 215 , and hard work leads to success. This lesson has stayed with me ever since.
201．A．strict B．easy C．funny D．careless
202．A．book B．paper C．desk D．bag
203．A．giving up B．putting away C．taking in D．making true
204．A．sometimes B．ever C．never D．always
205．A．quietly B．loudly C．happily D．sadly
206．A．bad B．right C．good D．wrong
207．A．white B．blue C．grey D．red
208．A．ideas B．answers C．mistakes D．words
209．A．excited B．angry C．happy D．calm
210．A．corrections B．mistakes C．grades D．exercises
211．A．hate B．love C．believe D．leave
212．A．remember B．relax C．think D．grow
213．A．forget B．understand C．lose D．find
214．A．better B．worse C．faster D．slower
215．A．pushing B．hurting C．caring D．disliking
阅读下面短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。
Long long ago, there was a musician called Gongming Yi. He was good at 216 the qixianqin. He loved it so much that he played it at home almost every day. Many people would like to 217 him. They all said the man was such a great 218 . When they were free, they often went to Gongming Yi’s house and listened to his music.
One day, Gongming Yi saw a 219 on the farm. Suddenly, he had an idea, “Everyone loves my music. Why don’t I play for this cow ” Then he 220 his qixianqin in front of the cow and began to play it. He played it very well and the music was 221 , but the cow showed no 222 in it. It just kept 223 with its head down.
He thought that the music he played could be too difficult for the cow. So he tried to play some 224 music. But after playing for a long time, the cow still didn’t look at him. Gongming Yi felt 225 . He asked 226 , “Do I really play well ” At last, he said to himself, “The cow didn’t know any music.” Then he took his qixianqin and went 227 .
This is a funny story, 228 it can teach us something. We can learn two 229 from the story. First, don’t say anything to people who don’t know you. 230 , if you talk to a wrong listener, you are wasting time.
216．A．playing B．singing C．knocking D．blowing
217．A．hear B．sound C．listen to D．look at
218．A．player B．musician C．pianist D．singer
219．A．cow B．sheep C．pig D．dog
220．A．took B．moved C．pushed D．pulled
221．A．beautiful B．noisy C．quiet D．strong
222．A．hobby B．love C．interest D．voice
223．A．eating B．drinking C．reading D．playing
224．A．hard B．ugly C．nice D．easy
225．A．happy B．unhappy C．glad D．satisfied
226．A．herself B．itself C．himself D．themselves
227．A．up B．down C．in D．away
228．A．and B．but C．so D．or
229．A．lessons B．subjects C．musicians D．feelings
230．A．Secondly B．Second C．Two D．Thirdly
先通读短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案。
When Lingling was a little girl, there were many 231 for her to follow in her family. She should get up early 232 go to bed early. She could only watch TV on weekends. She also knew some 233 rules. She should never go through red lights. She should look both sides before 234 the road. She should also line up to 235 the bus. All in all, she must be 236 on the road, or she’ll get hurt.
Now she is a middle school student. At school, she has to get to school on time. She 237 the teachers and cares for students. She never fights 238 others. In class, she should listen to the 239 carefully and mustn’t eat or drink. After school, she does her homework 240 . And she always does it by 241 . Sometimes, Lingling thinks it is 242 to follow the rules and tries to break them. But every time she breaks them, her life gets into a 243 . So she knows rules are 244 for her life. Now, she gets along (相处) well with rules. In short, these rules can help her 245 some good habits and make her become a better person.
231．A．events B．causes C．effects D．rules
232．A．or B．so C．and D．but
233．A．traffic B．party C．school D．market
234．A．running B．crossing C．jumping D．staying
235．A．come in B．turn on C．get up D．get on
236．A．careful B．alone C．late D．happy
237．A．hugs B．protects C．promises D．respects
238．A．in B．of C．with D．from
239．A．students B．teachers C．friends D．engineers
240．A．at last B．in all C．at once D．as well
241．A．myself B．himself C．herself D．itself
242．A．difficult B．angry C．easy D．fair
243．A．noise B．mess C．game D．step
244．A．loud B．dear C．slow D．meaningful
245．A．develop B．turn C．hurt D．point
Dear Dr Know,
There are so many rules at my home. When my mother says, “Please keep 246 . Don’t be noisy (吵闹的)!” I have to stop playing the game. Every time I 247 an ice cream, my father will say, “No, Frank!” I think they’re too strict 248 me.
Why can’t I make some 249 for them
My first rule is “Don’t 250 phones too much!” My parents are always 251 after a day’s work, so they want to 252 their phones to relax. But we need to talk with each 253 about our life. It’s very 254 for a family, I think.
The second rule is about 255 on the weekend. Today is Saturday. But now my father is 256 TV. And my mother is doing the 257 in the kitchen (厨房). If we have this rule, we can go swimming, ride bikes or 258 go for a walk in the park. It helps us keep healthy, 259 makes us have fun together.
I hope that these rules can work in my family. If all of us 260 them, we can have a happy life. Do you think so, Dr Know
Yours,
Frank
246．A．lovely B．late C．afraid D．quiet
247．A．eat B．draw C．drink D．sell
248．A．to B．for C．in D．with
249．A．menus B．rules C．dishes D．matches
250．A．use B．have C．make D．show
251．A．perfect B．double C．tired D．awful
252．A．play with B．know about C．think about D．look at
253．A．another B．other C．both D．others
254．A．scary B．boring C．difficult D．important
255．A．work B．life C．culture D．study
256．A．watching B．serving C．building D．focusing
257．A．habits B．bedrooms C．dishes D．pears
258．A．also B．just C．still D．really
259．A．but B．so C．because D．and
260．A．follow B．arrive C．lend D．encourage
阅读短文，从每小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
I love spending time with kids. So, when I heard about the work at Happy Kids Center, I couldn’t wait to sign up. Last Saturday, I worked as a (n) 261 at the center. Mrs. Chen, the headmaster, handed me a uniform printed with little stars. Looking at the laughing kids behind me, I felt 262 and a bit nervous.
“Look at my picture,” shouted Mary, an 8-year-old girl, holding up a bright paper sun. “It’s so creative,” I said. “Let’s 263 your sun.”
Suddenly, a boy called Leo came running. He stood with a 264 toy car, tears in his eyes.
“Let’s 265 it,” I said. We sat on the floor, carefully repairing. “Blue tape will make it nicer!”
When the car rolled again, Leo whispered (低声说), “The 266 is that I… I broke it by accident.”
I answered, “That’s really 267 of you to be honest.”
Then, Mrs. Chen brought in a box of bright paints. Kids ran to her except (除了) Lily. Her hands 268 her back．
“Your brother painted a beautiful tree last week,” I said, sitting by her. “Do you want to try flowers like his ”
269 , she started drawing. I saw her smile and her face was full of joy.
At snack time, Lily shyly pushed her painting 270 . I gently touched her head and said, “Lily, your painting is truly excellent.”
Seeing the sunset, I quickly borrowed Mrs. Chen’s 271 . The kids posed (摆姿势) with their works, and Lily showed her painting happily.
While saying 272 , Mrs. Chen handed me the gift—a picture of smiling kids. She said, “Thank you for helping our stars 273 brighter.”
I realized that even a 274 day at the center could become special when people provide kindness. As I walked home, I thought about the 275 of seeing kids grow. Volunteering isn’t just about doing jobs but about helping every star find their light in the sky.
261．A．worker B．maker C．volunteer D．engineer
262．A．sad B．perfect C．shocked D．excited
263．A．put up B．make up C．wake up D．take up
264．A．new B．strange C．broken D．cheap
265．A．throw B．fix C．invent D．count
266．A．reason B．change C．research D．truth
267．A．brave B．silly C．clever D．weak
268．A．moved around B．hid behind C．held beside D．stayed above
269．A．Quickly B．Suddenly C．Slowly D．Luckily
270．A．forward B．back C．away D．down
271．A．tool B．object C．record D．camera
272．A．goodbye B．thanks C．hello D．yes
273．A．look B．keep C．shine D．paint
274．A．strange B．common C．noisy D．busy
275．A．fear B．pressure C．challenge D．joy
[2021江苏盐城中考]Red Packets in Chinese Culture
Giving Hongbao (red packets) is a tradition in China. Traditional red packets are often decorated with gold Chinese characters (汉字), such as 276 and wealth.
How red packets are used
During Chinese New Year, 277 is (are) put inside red packets which are then handed out to younger generations by their parents, grandparents, relatives, and even close neighbours and friends.
The 278
Red represents luck and good fortune in Chinese culture. That is 279 red packets are used during Chinese New Year and other celebrations.
How to give and receive
Giving and receiving red packets is a 280 act. Therefore, red packets are always 281 and received with both hands.
Someone who receives a red packet at Chinese New Year or on his or her birthday should not 282 it in front of the giver. 283 , things are different at a Chinese wedding, where the guests usually give the red packets to the attendants and sign 284 names on a large scroll (a long piece of paper). The attendants will open the packets at once, 285 the money inside, and record it on a register (登记簿) next to the guests’ names.
The amount (数量)
The amount of money is relative to your relationship to the person who receives it—the 286 your relationship is, the more money is expected. Anyway, it is not the amount of the money that matters, but the care and love you hold for others.
What not to gift
Certain amounts of money are to be 287 . Anything with a four is not good because four sounds similar to 288 in Chinese. Even numbers (偶数), except four, are better than odd—as good things are believed to come in 289 . For example, gifting $20 is better than $21.
The money inside a red packet should 290 be new. Folding the money or giving dirty or wrinkled bills is in bad taste.
Hongbao is a symbol of love from others, as well as a sign of good luck.
276．A．praise B．dream C．happiness D．advice
277．A．paper B．money C．letters D．notes
278．A．colour B．size C．shape D．history
279．A．when B．why C．how D．where
280．A．strange B．simple C．smart D．serious
281．A．presented B．filled C．covered D．gathered
282．A．watch B．hide C．open D．accept
283．A．Moreover B．However C．Otherwise D．Besides
284．A．his B．their C．your D．our
285．A．count B．change C．choose D．collect
286．A．worse B．harder C．closer D．wider
287．A．avoided B．increased C．afforded D．returned
288．A．birth B．fear C．death D．envy
289．A．groups B．rows C．teams D．pairs
290．A．sometimes B．never C．seldom D．always
An old man 291 in a nice house with a large garden. He took care of his 292 all the time, watering them every day.
One day a young man went by the 293 . He looked 294 the beautiful flowers, imagining how 295 he could be if he lived in 296 a beautiful place. Then, suddenly he found the old gardener was 297 . He was very surprised about this and asked, “You can’t see these flowers. 298 are you busy taking care of them every day ”
The old man 299 and said, “I can tell you four 300 . First, I was a gardener when I was young, and I really like this job. Second, 301 I can’t see these flowers, I can touch them. 302 , I can smell the sweetness of them. As to the last one, that’s 303 .”
“Me But you don’t know me,” said the young man.
“Yeah, it’s 304 that I don’t know you. But I know that flowers are things that everybody likes. We enjoy the 305 these flowers have brought us.”
The blind man’s work opened our eyes and pleased our hearts, which also made his life happier.
291．A．lived B．travelled C．opened D．sat
292．A．flowers B．bamboo C．vegetables D．trees
293．A．city B．kitchen C．garden D．park
294．A．at B．for C．up D．down
295．A．sad B．happy C．angry D．painful
296．A．such B．so C．too D．very
297．A．famous B．blind C．smart D．friendly
298．A．What B．Who C．Which D．Why
299．A．smiled B．cried C．shouted D．read
300．A．stories B．reasons C．reports D．excuses
301．A．although B．because C．so D．since
302．A．First B．Second C．Third D．Fourth
303．A．me B．you C．him D．her
304．A．easy B．hard C．wrong D．true
305．A．happiness B．pain C．sadness D．boredom
先通读短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案。
“Good evening, everyone! I’m Liu Yu from Chengdu. Right now, I’m warming up for a 306 along Panda Avenue (熊猫大道). But I’m not by myself. Look! Behind me are my 307 and other families from our community. Every Saturday from 7:30 p.m. to 9:30 p.m., we 308 together for our “Family Starry Night Run”.
A few months back, my parents first told me about this community night run and asked me to 309 it. However, I didn’t 310 it at all. I even used homework as a(n) 311 to skip (不参加) it. But then, something 312 —some of my good friends joined, and they kept talking about how 313 it was. So, I 314 to have a try.
After going on a few runs, I realized (意识到) the “Family Starry Night Run” wasn’t just about 315 ; each family takes turns leading the way (领路), making new routes (路线), and even setting up parent-child sports games! The colourful 316 made the night run so much fun. 317 , I fell in love with running under the stars with my family, friends, and neighbours. I found happiness in the exercise and relieved the pressure (缓解压力) of 318 .
So friends here in our community, are you looking for a fun way to stay 319 , spend time with family and make new friends Then come and join 320 ! Let’s enjoy the hometown of pandas together.
306．A．show B．walk C．dance D．run
307．A．teachers B．parents C．classmates D．doctors
308．A．come B．eat C．read D．sleep
309．A．remember B．forget C．leave D．join
310．A．mind B．see C．like D．hear
311．A．excuse B．rule C．book D．game
312．A．moved B．stopped C．started D．changed
313．A．interesting B．hard C．boring D．bad
314．A．told B．decided C．asked D．said
315．A．sports B．food C．clothes D．toys
316．A．stories B．clubs C．activities D．things
317．A．Late B．Usually C．Early D．Slowly
318．A．playing B．studying C．sleeping D．camping
319．A．warm B．quiet C．healthy D．clean
320．A．them B．us C．him D．her
Eating a good lunch is necessary for being your best in the classroom. But a growing number of Aussie children are coming to school without a(n) 321 lunch box.
Food charity (慈善机构) Eat Up 322 more than 20,000 free lunches for hungry students around Australia every week. And the number of students that need 323 lunches is becoming bigger as the high cost of living makes it harder for families to buy food.
Lyndi Cohen said kids need 324 in their stomach to provide energy (能量) for their body. “It’s hard to be your best self when you’re hungry and this is 325 important for kids,” Ms. Cohen said. “Good nutrients (营养物) are the most important 326 young bodies are growing and learning. We know from research that it’s 327 for kids to concentrate (专心) to their best ability when they are hungry.” Ms. Cohen said Eat Up lunches – typically a cheese 328 , Chobani yogurt and pieces of fruit–provided nutrients necessary for learning.
“I feel really glad that we’ve been able to 329 three million sandwiches, but I am so sad that this problem still exists (存在) and that many kids need our help,” Eat Up CEO Elise Cook said.
Dandenong Primary School headmaster Daniel Riley said daily Eat Up lunches were making a big difference to 330 . “They come to school feeling safe and not having to 331 where their next meal is coming from,” Mr. Riley said. “And we know that if you’re well 332 , you’re going to prepare to get through the school day.”
Grade 5 student Luka 333 the importance of a good lunch. “If I’ve had a good lunch, then I’m not 334 . When I’m hungry and doing 335 , I usually get tired and can’t really concentrate when I try to learn,” he said.
321．A．new B．old C．full D．ugly
322．A．provides B．refuses C．sells D．stops
323．A．my B．your C．our D．its
324．A．air B．food C．medicine D．water
325．A．certainly B．suddenly C．quietly D．slowly
326．A．after B．before C．while D．until
327．A．convenient B．easy C．important D．difficult
328．A．sandwich B．hamburger C．pie D．cookie
329．A．own B．offer C．throw D．lend
330．A．headmasters B．teachers C．parents D．students
331．A．hear from B．worry about C．talk about D．look up
332．A．fed B．expected C．thought D．taught
333．A．forgets B．fears C．remembers D．knows
334．A．happy B．healthy C．hungry D．thirsty
335．A．schoolwork B．housework C．chores D．dishes
The Corona virus, or COVID-19, is a germ (病菌) that makes people sick. It causes a cough, fever, and other yucky symptoms. I don’t like to be 336 .
But I can stay healthy by washing my hands often with soap 337 water. I can also stay home and away from others. 338 I go out to walk or play outside, I should stay two to three bubble spaces away from people who do not live in my home.
Although it is good manners to shake 339 or give high fives, right now I need to keep my hands to myself so that everyone stays safe and healthy.
I feel 340 not to be able to see my friends or hug my teachers. I wish I could 341 . But it is closed right now 342 the corona virus is in the air.
When I feel sad or nervous, I can 343 those who live in my house for a hug. I can 344 squeeze my stuffed bear or love on my pet. I can go 345 to play in my yard or go for a walk. I can even 346 a book.
I don’t like being stuck at home so much. But I know it is 347 , so we all stay healthy. I do like being able to see my family more. My siblings are also out of school and my parents are working 348 home. I know this is hard right now, but it won’t 349 forever. One day, I will be able to go back to school and 350 my friends that I miss. Then I will be so happy again.
336．A．upset B．sick C．worried
337．A．and B．but C．or
338．A．When B．Whether C．Though
339．A．heads B．hands C．bodies
340．A．happy B．lucky C．sad
341．A．have a walk B．do sports C．go to school
342．A．if B．while C．so
343．A．ask B．look C．reach
344．A．only B．also C．even
345．A．around B．inside C．outside
346．A．read B．buy C．borrow
347．A．easy B．hard C．important
348．A．on B．from C．to
349．A．come B．work C．last
350．A．see B．visit C．call
阅读短文，从每小题所给的A，B，C三个选项中，选出一个能填入空白处的最佳选项。
Last night, Frank had a dream about the coming math test, which troubled him very much these days. So he was in a 351 mood (心情) when he woke up.
Uncle Robin once told Frank about “white noise”—noise made by a fan or soft rain is a (n) 352 of white noise. Frank had tried it and it really worked! After that, 353 he felt worried about something, he would listen to white noise with his earphones. With the 354 of the math test still in his mind, Frank went to get his earphones. He 355 he had left them on his desk, but they were gone. His little brother Andy was always 356 his things—without asking. He ran into his brother’s room and started shouting at him in 357 . “Where are my earphones You can’t just take my things! Or I’ll take yours!” He 358 one of his brother’s toys on the ground. Andy started to 359 , and Frank stormed out, feeling better.
Frank’s mom heard the shouting and went into Andy’s room. “Hey,” she said 360 , “stop for a second and tell me how you’re feeling.” Mom never shouted. Frank knew that she thought it was better to talk about 361 instead of getting angry.
“He always does this, Mom!” Frank shouted. “I’ll have a math test and I had a bad dream…” Frank 362 shouting. In a calm voice, he said, “I 363 what I did was bad. I’m sorry, Andy. I really get mad 364 you take things without asking, but breaking your toy wasn’t 365 . I’ll buy you a new one.” Frank’s mom said, “Well done, Frank, and, Andy, ask first next time, OK ” “OK, I’m sorry too,” said Andy and they all smiled.
351．A．bad B．cheerful C．strange
352．A．list B．introduction C．example
353．A．whatever B．whenever C．however
354．A．thoughts B．results C．purposes
355．A．remembered B．expected C．discovered
356．A．repairing B．borrowing C．breaking
357．A．anger B．fear C．shame
358．A．placed B．burnt C．threw
359．A．cry B．worry C．help
360．A．sadly B．surprisingly C．softly
361．A．decisions B．choices C．feelings
362．A．kept B．stopped C．enjoyed
363．A．wish B．know C．promise
364．A．though B．unless C．when
365．A．crazy B．right C．enough
三、人与自然（本大题共5小题）
In a town of the northeastern America, people are finding a way to exercise their bodies and 366 by working with pigs. The yoga (瑜伽) classes are selling out in a few hours. People come 367 the town to exercise with young pigs. The pigs in Ashley Bousquet’s yoga class come from a nearby farm. Bousquet tells people not to worry 368 the pigs climb on top of them or want to hug. In her class, the little pigs walk 369 humans.
It took Stacey Delbridge and her daughter almost two hours to take a class by car. She said it was worth (值得) the 370 . “The best thing about the yoga was, of course, the 371 . They were funny. When you needed a break, a great 372 came to see you.
Bousquet said people who want to come that online registrations (登记) are usually 373 within a few hours. The classes begin with Bousquet telling her students not to worry about 374 their exercises to spend time with the pigs.
Yoga classes with animals are not 375 . Goats (山羊) might have been the first. Lainey Morse found she felt happier and more relaxed around goats. Then she 376 a friend who was a yoga teacher and hoped to create something different. With the same dream, 377 decided to offer classes with the goats. The business was 378 , and the idea soon go around to other places.
“The highlight (亮点) of the class, in my opinion, was just having them 379 around, and seeing how cute and happy they are. The only problem was that the time passed too 380 .” Amy Finkel, another student, said.
366．A．smiles B．kids C．spirits D．animals
367．A．far from B．close to C．out of D．next to
368．A．until B．unless C．if D．since
369．A．above B．over C．against D．around
370．A．pay B．drive C．race D．walk
371．A．pigs B．goats C．rabbits D．dogs
372．A．visitor B．daughter C．student D．teacher
373．A．brave B．famous C．full D．quiet
374．A．stopping B．finishing C．refusing D．controlling
375．A．lost B．easy C．open D．new
376．A．laughed with B．talked with C．looked after D．ran after
377．A．She B．They C．He D．It
378．A．successful B．small C．strange D．simple
379．A．speak B．cry C．fly D．run
380．A．wildly B．quickly C．quietly D．carefully
An Old Dog’s New Trick
There was an old dog in the middle of the street who seemed lost. You could tell he had loving owners 381 he looked well-fed and he had no street sense. The basset hound was standing in a busy street, and everyone was 382 . A man was able to get the dog out of the 383 with a ham sandwich that he had prepared for his lunch. The dog had no collar（项圈）. I said I 384 take him to the police station. When I did, the police told me they did not deal with 385 . They said I would have to take him to the pound（猫狗收容所）twenty miles away. I told them I was 386 and I was really busy. I asked whether they could 387 the dog until I got off work. I would take him home if 388 claimed（认领）him by then. They 389 .
When I got home at six, I called the police station. I was very 390 to learn that the owners had picked up their dog. The police said they wanted my name and address to send me a(n) 391 note. I gave my information, but I 392 expected to hear from them.
393 , I was making dinner and heard a knock on the door. It was the flower man holding a large, beautiful arrangement. The card read, "I may be old, fat, and hard of hearing, but you were a 394 lady to save my life. My small owners are happy that I wasn’t killed. With much love. Barney the Basset Hound. I got flowers from a 395 ! They were a perfect decoration for my table.
381．A．if B．unless C．though D．because
382．A．refused B．stopped C．attacked D．protected
383．A．road B．house C．station D．restaurant
384．A．shall B．can C．will D．would
385．A．plants B．flowers C．animals D．birds
386．A．playing B．working C．running D．jogging
387．A．hide B．clean C．brush D．keep
388．A．nobody B．anybody C．somebody D．everybody
389．A．added B．agreed C．warned D．complained
390．A．angry B．worried C．glad D．curious
391．A．thank-you B．application C．invitation D．recommendation
392．A．sometimes B．always C．never D．often
393．A．Moreover B．Later C．Usually D．Suddenly
394．A．lazy B．wealthy C．common D．wonderful
395．A．dog B．friend C．master D．policeman
请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。
Animals are our good friends, but many are in 396 . People cut down 397 trees. Many birds and monkeys 398 in the trees. Without trees, they lose their homes. Some animals are hunted (猎杀). People want their fur or 399 . For example, elephants are in great danger because of their ivory.
But we can do something to protect 400 . We can plant more trees to give animals 401 homes. We should also 402 buying things made from wild animals. That way, people will not hunt them for money.
We can 403 tell our friends and family about protecting animals. The more people know, the 404 it is to save animals.
We can donate (捐献) some money 405 animal-protection groups. They use the money to help animals.
If we all work 406 , animals will have a better life. Let’s 407 to make a difference. It’s hard to imagine a world without 408 .
Every small thing we do 409 . Whether it’s picking up litter in the park or 410 animals, it all helps. Let’s start today!
396．A．safety B．danger C．need D．fun
397．A．many too B．much too C．too many D．too much
398．A．live B．work C．study D．play
399．A．meat B．milk C．eggs D．honey
400．A．it B．they C．them D．you
401．A．new B．old C．big D．small
402．A．start B．stop C．enjoy D．keep
403．A．too B．neither C．either D．also
404．A．harder B．easier C．worse D．later
405．A．with B．in C．to D．by
406．A．together B．alone C．slow D．fast
407．A．want B．hate C．like D．try
408．A．flowers B．grass C．animals D．leaves
409．A．helps B．stops C．starts D．keeps
410．A．looking at B．looking for C．looking after D．looking up
先通读短文，掌握其大意，然后从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出一个可以填入相应空白处的最佳答案。
Have you ever experienced anything really terrible that made you have scary dreams at night One of the 411 experiences of mine was going through a storm.
One morning when I was eight years old, the news on TV 412 that there was a storm that might soon move into our town. But my parents and I were not going to leave our house because we thought the 413 wouldn’t be too serious.
Around 8:00 p.m, the wind 414 to blow. We could see the leaves 415 everywhere. About an hour later, it started to rain 416 . The branches (树枝) of the trees started to break off. I felt the wind pushing me back 417 I opened the door. At about 10:00 p.m, I tried to 418 but the wind kept making noises. Suddenly, my parents and I heard a 419 noise and knew that something bad happened. The storm broke a 420 into pieces and started to come in. After seeing this, we were so shocked that we couldn't say a word. We were in 421 for a while and decided to do something. I got some rubbish bags to cover the TV and computer in our house. My parents pushed an old bed to block (堵住) the window, but the wind kept blowing it down. So they found some 422 to prop up (支撑) the bed. Luckily, the storm didn't become worse again. The storm lasted 423 12 hours and stopped the next morning. When we went out, we saw the 424 trees everywhere.
This storm experience made us 425 that storms are very dangerous. We should take them seriously and make full preparations before they come.
411．A．longest B．busiest C．happiest D．worst
412．A．pointed B．remembered C．reported D．shared
413．A．snow B．storm C．sunshine D．thunder
414．A．began B．meant C．continued D．planned
415．A．losing B．watering C．feeding D．flying
416．A．slowly B．hardly C．heavily D．lightly
417．A．now that B．as soon as C．even if D．so that
418．A．fall asleep B．wake up C．come back D．sit down
419．A．usual B．loud C．soft D．clear
420．A．table B．chair C．door D．window
421．A．privacy B．peace C．silence D．safety
422．A．wood B．paper C．water D．gold
423．A．in B．on C．for D．at
424．A．strong B．fallen C．fresh D．sick
425．A．realize B．wonder C．change D．imagine
请先阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从各小题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。
Kyle Haynam and Scotty Craighead were on a boating trip with five other children. They were rowing down the Salmon (鲑鱼) River in Idaho, when they 426 smoke coming from a mountain in the distance (在远处). They could see fire on the other side of the 427 when they reached camp in the afternoon. 428 , the fire was still two miles away, so nobody was worried. However, the 429 changed direction and the fire was pushed closer. Everyone was surprised but nobody was scared, because a fire couldn’t jump the river.
That evening, the wind changed again. Kyle and his group were 430 surrounded (被围绕) by a forest fire. There was only one way to escape (逃脱). They had to keep rowing the boat to the next camping area so that they could be safe. It was very hot and the thick smoke 431 their eyes, so they put wet towels over their faces. When they 432 the next camping area, they found the fire on the camping area was out, 4